Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Command Reference
Version: V3.20.50
ZTE CORPORATION
No. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.China
Postcode: 518057
Tel: +86-755-26771900
Fax: +86-755-26770801
URL: http://support.zte.com.cn
E-mail: support@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright 2015 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited.
Revision History
Revision No.
Revision Date
Revision Reason
R2.0
2015-06-02
BLOCK
CHANNEL STM1,
SET
CONFIGURATION,
WB_SHOW,
WB_CMD,
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Revision No.
Revision Date
Revision Reason
SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA, SHOW BAT
TMA11 DEVICE DATA, SET BAT RET20 DATA, SHOW
BOARD MODE, BLOCK RRU, UNBLOCK RRU, SHOW TIME
l
R1.1
2015-03-03
V3.20.50.20
Modified the following items:
TDD_STARTUPCELL,
TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS,
TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
R1.0
2014-11-17
V3.20.50.20
First edition.
TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL,
TDD_QUERYCELLBPRES,
Contents
About This Manual ......................................................................................... I
Chapter 1 System Management ................................................................ 1-1
1.1 GETCPURATIO ................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 GETRAMUSAGE ............................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 GETHDUSAGE.................................................................................................. 1-3
1.4 GETDBRATIO.................................................................................................... 1-4
1.5 GETHDUSAGEBYNAME.................................................................................... 1-5
II
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
III
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
IV
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
V
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
VI
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for:
l
l
l
Maintenance Engineers
Commissioning Engineers
Network Operation Supervisors
Management
management
Related Documentation
The following documentation is related to this manual:
ZXSDR UniRAN TDD-LTE Base Station Dynamic Data Management
Conventions
This manual uses the following conventions.
I
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
II
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 1
System Management
Table of Contents
GETCPURATIO .........................................................................................................1-1
GETRAMUSAGE .......................................................................................................1-2
GETHDUSAGE ..........................................................................................................1-3
GETDBRATIO ............................................................................................................1-4
GETHDUSAGEBYNAME ...........................................................................................1-5
1.1 GETCPURATIO
Function
This command gets the CPU usage of the OMM server. If the CPU usage exceeds 90%
and persists, the system requires troubleshooting.
This command applies when you want to check the CPU usage of the OMM server. The
operator can monitor the CPU usage by using third-party software or the OS Shell interface.
If the command is successfully executed, the current CPU usage of the server is displayed.
This operation is for query only and has no effect on the system.
Syntax
GETCPURATIO;
Input Parameters
This command has no input parameters.
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the GETCPURATIO command, refer to Table
1-1.
Table 1-1 GETCPURATIO Command Output Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
Description
Type
Instance Count
CPURA-
Character
TION
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to check the current CPU usage. In this example, the
CPU usage is 10%.
GETCPURATIO;
- System command CPU Ratio
10%
1.2 GETRAMUSAGE
Function
This command checks the RAM usage of the OMM server. If the RAM usage exceeds
90% and persists, the system requires troubleshooting.
This command applies when you want to check the RAM usage of the OMM server.
The operator can monitor the RAM usage by using third-party software or the OS Shell
interface.
If the command is successfully executed, the current RAM usage of the server is displayed.
This operation is for query only and has no effect on the system.
Syntax
GETRAMUSAGE;
Input Parameters
This command has no input parameters.
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the GETRAMUSAGE command, refer to
Table 1-2.
Table 1-2 GETRAMUSAGE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
Instance
Count
MEM
Com-
pound
Examples
The following example shows how to check the current RAM usage of the server. The
result is shown in a table.
GETRAMUSAGE;
- System command No. | Available Memory (KB) | System Memory (KB) | SWAP Memory (KB) | Used Memory
(KB)
1 6517792 8343704 8341808 5167720
Rows: 1
1.3 GETHDUSAGE
Function
This command checks the hard disk usage of the OMM server. If the hard disk usage
exceeds 95% and persists, the system requires troubleshooting.
This command applies when you want to check the hard disk usage of the OMM server.
The operator can monitor the hard disk usage by using third-party software or the OS Shell
interface.
If the command is successfully executed, the current hard disk usage of the server is
displayed.
This operation is for query only and has no effect on the system.
Syntax
GETHDUSAGE;
Input Parameters
This command has no input parameters.
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the GETRAMUSAGE command, refer to
Table 1-3.
1-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Pa-
o.
rame-
Description
Type
Instance
Count
ter
1
HDINFO
Com-
pound
Examples
The following example shows how to check the current hard disk usage of the server. The
result is shown in a table.
GETHDUSAGE;
- System command No. | Disk Descriptor | Disk Size (KB) | Used Size (KB)
Rows: 2
1.4 GETDBRATIO
Function
This command checks the tablespace usage of the current database used by the OMM
server. If the tablespace usage exceeds 95%, the system requires troubleshooting.
This command applies when you want to check the tablespace usage of the current
database used by the OMM server. The operator can monitor the tablespace ratio by
using third-party software or the DB interface.
If the command is successfully executed, the tablespace usage of the current database
used by the OMM server is displayed.
This operation is for query only and has no effect on the system.
Syntax
GETDBRATIO;
Input Parameters
This command has no input parameters.
1-4
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the GETDBRATIO command, refer to Table
1-4.
Table 1-4 GETDBRATIO Command Output Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
o.
eter
SPACE
Description
Type
Instance
Count
Com-
pound
Examples
The following example shows how to check the tablespace usage of the current database
used by the OMM server. The result is shown in a table.
GETDBRATIO;
- System command No. | Space Name | Space Size (kb) | Space Used Size (kb) | Space Free Size (kb) | Free
Size Ratio
Rows: 2
1.5 GETHDUSAGEBYNAME
Function
This command checks the specified hard disk usage. If the hard disk usage exceeds 95%
and persists, the system requires troubleshooting.
This command applies when you want to check the specified hard disk usage of the OMM
server. The operator can monitor the hard disk usage by using third-party software or the
OS Shell interface.
If the command is successfully executed, the specified hard disk usage of the OMM server
is displayed.
This operation is for query only and has no effect on the system.
Syntax
GETHDUSAGEBYNAME:[DISKDESCRIPTOR=<DISKDESCRIPTOR>];
1-5
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the GETHDUSAGEBYNAME command, refer
to Table 1-5.
Table 1-5 GETRAMUSAGE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parameter
Description
Type
o.
Rang-
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
DISKDE-
Char-
0~100
SCRIP-
acter
TOR
be queried by executing
None
quired
GETHDUSAGE.
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the GETHDUSAGEBYNAME command, refer
to Table 1-6.
Table 1-6 GETRAMUSAGE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
N-
Pa-
o.
rame-
Description
Type
Instance
Count
ter
1
HD-
Com-
INFO1
pound
Examples
The following example shows how to check the usage of /dev/sda1. The result is shown
in a table.
GETHDUSAGEBYNAME:DISKDESCRIPTOR="/dev/sda1";
- System command No. | Disk Descriptor | Disk Size (KB) | Used Size (KB)
1 /dev/sda1 413618724 82148804
Rows: 1
1-6
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 2
Configuration Managment
Table of Contents
SYNC.........................................................................................................................2-1
ANTI...........................................................................................................................2-3
CREATE.....................................................................................................................2-4
UPDATE.....................................................................................................................2-6
DELETE .....................................................................................................................2-8
QUERY ......................................................................................................................2-9
MULTIREQUEST .....................................................................................................2-11
BACKUP ..................................................................................................................2-12
RESTORE................................................................................................................2-14
APPLY MUTEXRIGHT .............................................................................................2-16
RELEASE MUTEXRIGHT ........................................................................................2-17
KILL MUTEXRIGHT .................................................................................................2-18
QUERY SNAPSHOT ................................................................................................2-20
SHOW MO ...............................................................................................................2-22
SHOW NEVERSION ................................................................................................2-24
QUERY2 ..................................................................................................................2-25
SHOW MOINFO.......................................................................................................2-27
DHCP.......................................................................................................................2-29
MOVETO TARGETSUBNET ....................................................................................2-34
2.1 SYNC
Function
This command is used to synchronize NMS configurations to a BS. Four synchronization
types are provided, including Synchronize all data , Synchronize modified data,
Synchronize modified table-level data, and Generate synchronization file.
If the configurations on the NMS are modified, this command can be used to synchronize
the configurations to an NE.
After the command is successfully executed, the BS and NMS have the same
configurations.
2-1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
l
l
Note:
Only the operators having the Synchronize all data or Synchronize modified data
permission can use this command.
After the Synchronize all data is successful, the BS is restarted, which leads to BS
service interruption. The service can be restored after the BS is successfully restarted.
Syntax
SYNC:[POS=[<SUBNET>][-<NE>]][,TYPE=<TYPE>][,SYNCTYPE=<SYNCTYPE>];
Input Parameters
For SYNC command input description, refer to Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 "SYNC" Command Input Parameters
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
Range
rame-
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
ter
1
POS
Com-
subnet ID and NE ID
pound
None
None
Optional
1~3000
None
Optional
None
Optional
None
Re-
1~3000
type
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Charac-
0~2147
NET
configurations
ter type
400000
NE
NE ID in operation
Charac-
0~2147
configurations
ter type
400000
Integer
0~1073
type
741824
TYPE
quired
SYNC-
Synchronization
Integer
-100~10
TYPE
mode of configuration
type
00
None
Re-
quired
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
l
l
0
1
2
3
Output Parameters
For SYNC command output description, refer to Table 2-2.
Table 2-2 "SYNC" Command Output Parameters
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
rame-
Instance
Count
ter
1
RE-
Returns the task ID. The operator can view the execution
Character
SULT
type
Examples
Perform Synchronize all date on the FDD LTE with a subnet ID 0 and NE ID 1. After the
command is successful, the BS restarts and returns a task ID 42949676065. The operator
can view the execution process in the returned message.
SYNC:POS="0"-"1",TYPE="17",SYNCTYPE=0;
- System command [42949676065]
2.2 ANTI
Function
This command is used to upload configuration data from the BS to the NMS. After the
command is successfully executed, the NMS and BS have the same configurations. The
system is not affected.
Note:
Only the operators having the special operation configuration permission can use this
command.
2-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
ANTI:[POS=[<SUBNET>][-<NE>]];
Input Parameters
For ANTI command input description, refer to Table 2-3.
Table 2-3 "ANTI" Command Input Parameters
N-
Param-
o.
eter
POS
Description
Type
Range
Com-
1~21474
subnet ID and NE ID
pound
00000
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Optional
1~3000
None
Optional
Optional
Type
Instance
type
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Charac-
0~21474
NET
configurations
ter type
00000
NE
NE ID in operation
Charac-
0~21474
configurations
ter type
00000
Output Parameters
For ANTI command output description, refer to Table 2-4.
Table 2-4 "ANTI" Command Output Parameters
No.
Param-
Description
eter
1
Count
RE-
Charac-
SULT
ter type
Example
Perform Configuration Data Upload from NE with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. After the
command is successfully executed, the NMS and BS have the same configurations, and
a success message is returned. If the execution fails, a failure message is returned.
ANTI:POS="0"-"0";
- System command All successful
2.3 CREATE
Function
This command creates configuration data records.
2-4
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
This command is used when configuration data requires to be added in base station
commissioning and routine maintenance.
The command structure is complicated. You can obtain the MML command by using either
of the following methods:
l
l
Create a piece of configuration data in GUI interface, and then click the button with
M next to the storage button
.
In the configuration management and data export, select export in MML format.
After the command is executed successfully, the system adds the corresponding
configuration data. If the command is executed unsuccessfully, the failure cause is
returned.
The added configuration data has no effect on the system before it is synchronized to NEs.
After the added configuration data is synchronized to the NE, configuration data of different
MOCs have different effects on the system. The configuration data of some services may
cause NE restart or cell recreation. You should not synchronize the added configuration
data to the NEs unless absolutely necessary.
Syntax
CREATE:[MOC=<MOC>][,MOI=<MOI>][,ATTRIBUTES=<ATTRIBUTES>][,EXTENDS
=<EXTENDS>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the CREATE command, refer to Table 2-5.
Table 2-5 CREATE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
MOC
Char-
acter
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
0~100
None
Optional
None
Optional
None
Optional
None
Optional
MOI
Management object
Char-
0~21474
identifier
acter
00000
ATTRIB-
Attributse of the
Char-
0~21474
UTES
acter
00000
EX-
Creates command-related
Char-
0~21474
TENDS
extension attributes
acter
00000
2-5
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the CREATE command, refer to Table 2-6.
Table 2-6 CREATE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance Count
RESULT
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to create a subnet whose ID is 2, type is 1, and alias is
test. After the command is executed successfully, the information about creation success
and ID of the created subnet are returned.
CREATE:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=2",ATTRIBUTES="SUBNETWOR
KTYPE=1,SubNetwork=2,USERLABEL=Test";
- System command Succeeding in creating.
SubNetwork=2
2.4 UPDATE
Function
This command modifies configuration data records.
This command can be used when configuration data requires to be modified in routine
maintenance.
The command structure is complicated. You can obtain the MML modification command
in one of the following ways:
l
l
Modify a piece of configuration data in GUI interface, and then click the button with
M next to the storage button
.
After the data is modified in batches and saved, the corresponding MML modification
command is available in the pop-up dialog box.
After the command is executed successfully, the configuration data is modified. If the
command is executed unsuccessfully, the failure reason is returned and the configuration
data is not modified.
Impact on the system: The modified configuration data has no effect on the system
before it is synchronized to the NE. After the modified configuration data is synchronized
to the NE, configuration data of different MOCs have different effects on the system. The
configuration data of some services may cause NE restart or cell recreation. Therefore,
be cautious.
2-6
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
UPDATE:[MOC=<MOC>][,MOI=<MOI>][,ATTRIBUTES=<ATTRIBUTES>][,EXTENDS
=<EXTENDS>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the UPDATE command, refer to Table 2-7.
Table 2-7 UPDATE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
MOC
Char-
acter
Default-
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
0~100
None
Optional
Char-
0~2147
None
Optional
acter
400000
None
Optional
None
Optional
MOI
ATTRIB-
Char-
0~2147
UTES
acter
400000
Char-
0~2147
acter
400000
EX-
Extension attribute
TENDS
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the UPDATE command, refer to Table 2-8.
Table 2-8 UPDATE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the NE alias of subnet 2 to update. After the
update is successful, the result is 1 instance(s) of SubNetwork updated..
UPDATE:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=2",ATTRIBUTES="USERLABEL
=update";
- System command 1 instance(s) of SubNetwork updated.
2-7
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
2.5 DELETE
Function
This command deletes configuration data records.
This command can be used when configuration data requires to be deleted in routine
maintenance.
After the data is modified in batches and saved, the corresponding MML deletion command
is available in the pop-up dialog box
After the command is executed successfully, the configuration data is deleted.
Impact on the system: The deleted configuration data has no effect on the system before
it is synchronized to the NE. After the deleted configuration data is synchronized to
the NE, configuration data of different MOCs have different effects on the system. The
configuration data of some services may cause NE restart or cell recreation. Therefore,
be cautious.
Syntax
DELETE:[MOC=<MOC>][,MOI=<MOI>][,EXTENDS=<EXTENDS>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the DELETE command, refer to Table 2-9.
Table 2-9 DELETE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
Default
Op-
Instance
Value
tional or
Count
Not
1
MOC
Char-
acter
0~100
None
Optional
None
Optional
None
Optional
MOI
EX-
Management object
Char-
0~21474
identifier
acter
00000
Extension attribute
Char-
0~21474
acter
00000
TENDS
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the DELETE command, refer to Table 2-10.
2-8
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Char-
acter
Examples
The following example shows how to delete NE 4 in subnet 0. After the command is
successfully executed, the returned result is 1 instance(s) of NEManagedElement
deleted.
DELETE:MOC=" NEManagedElement",MOI="SubNetwork=0,NE=4";
- System command Are you sure to delete it?
2.6 QUERY
Function
This command queries configuration data of the network management modification area
through actual value filtering.
This command can be used when configuration data of the modification area requires to
be queried in routine maintenance. If the configuration data of the snapshot area requires
to be queried, the QUERY SNAPSHOT command can be used. If the interface values
require to be filtered for query, the QUERY2 command can be used.
After the command is executed successfully, if the specified query object in the system
exists, the configuration data is displayed in list format.
This operation is for query only and has no effect on the system.
Syntax
QUERY:[MOC=<MOC>][,MOI=<MOI>][,ATTRIBUTES=<ATTRIBUTES>][,EXTENDS
=<EXTENDS>][,WHERE=<WHERE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the QUERY command, refer to Table 2-11.
2-9
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
o.
eter
MOC
Description
Type
Char-
acter
Range
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
0~100
None
Optional
Char-
0~2147
None
Optional
acter
400000
0~1000
None
Optional
1~500
Char-
0~2147
None
Optional
acter
400000
None
Optional
MOI
ATTRI-
Char-
BUTES
acter
moinfo command.
4
EX-
Extension attribute
TENDS
5
WHER-
Char-
0~2147
of "attribute name=attribute
acter
400000
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the QUERY command, refer to Table 2-12.
Table 2-12 QUERY Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
Instance
Count
RE-
Charac-
SULT
is output.
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to query detailed information about subnet 1. After the
command is successfully executed, the management object ID, user ID, and subnet type
information are returned.
QUERY:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=1",ATTRIBUTES="USERLABEL
"&"SUBNETWORKTYPE";
- System command 2-10
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
User
Label(USERLABEL)
SubNetwork
SubNetwork=1 Test 1
2.7 MULTIREQUEST
Function
This command creates, modifies or deletes configuration data records. This command is
used when configuration data requires to be updated in base station commissioning and
routine maintenance.
After the command is executed successfully, the system updates the corresponding
configuration data. If the command is executed unsuccessfully, the failure cause is
returned. The updated configuration data has no effect on the system before it is
synchronized to NEs. After the updated configuration data is synchronized to the
NE, configuration data of different MOCs have different effects on the system. The
configuration data of some services may cause NE restart or cell recreation. You should
not synchronize the added configuration data to the NEs unless absolutely necessary.
Command
MULTIREQUEST:CMD=< CMD >;
INPUT PARAMETERS
Table 2-13 shows the input parameters of MULTIREQUEST.
Table 2-13 MULTIREQUEST Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
CMD
Command
Instance
Count
STRING
1~214740
Required
1~10000
0000
Output Parameters
Table 2-14 shows the output parameters of MULTIREQUEST.
Table 2-14 MULTIREQUEST OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
2-11
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Example
The following example shows how to create a CCC board. After the command is executed
successfully, the information about creation success.
MULTIREQUEST:CMD="CREATE:MOC="PlugInUnit",MOI="SubNetwork=0,NE=0,C
onfigSet=0,Equipment=1,Rack=1,SubRack=1,Slot=1,PlugInUnit=1",ATTRIBUTES="PlugI
nUnit=1";"&"CREATE:MOC="SdrDeviceGroup",MOI="SubNetwork=0,NE=0,ConfigSe
t=0,Equipment=1,Rack=1,SubRack=1,Slot=1,PlugInUnit=1,SdrDeviceGroup=1",ATTRIBU
TES="radioMode=0,SdrDeviceGroup=1,productData=(OBJ)[{productNumber=12290,prod
uctName=CCC}],functionMode=0";";
- System command Succeeded in operating.
-
2.8 BACKUP
Function
This command backs up the system configuration data to the storage file.
In the routine maintenance, you can use this command to back up the system configuration
data to the file so that you can use the RESTORE command to recover the backup file in
the system when errors occur in the following configuration maintenance process.
After the command is executed successfully, the system configuration data is backed up
to the file, and the path where the backup result file is stored is output.
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
BACKUP:POS=[<SUBNET>][-<NE>][,FILENAME=<FILENAME>][,DESC=<DESC>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the BACKUP command, refer to Table 2-15.
Table 2-15 BACKUP Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
POS
Com-
pound
None
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Op-
1~3000
None
tional
2-12
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Op-
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Char-
1~2147
NET
configurations
acter
400000
NE
NE ID in operation
Char-
1~2147
configurations
acter
400000
FILE-
Char-
0~100
NAME
name,for example,
acter
None
tional
None
Op-
tional
Config-
Op-
data
tional
None
Op-
_20110711_130455.zip
3
DESC
Summary description
Char-
acter
0~1000
tional
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the BACKUP command, refer to Table 2-16.
Table 2-16 BACKUP Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
Instance
Count
RE-
Char-
SULT
acter
Examples
The following example shows how to back up configuration data of subnet 0 and NE 0 to
the file. After the operation is successful, the path where the backup file is stored in the
server is returned.
BACKUP:POS="0"-"0", FILENAME="test",DESC="NE 0~0 configuration data, all functi
on services are normal.";
- System command Successful [2]
File path (Server)
/home/oracle/netnumen/AutoInstall/ums/ums-svr/cmdata/cmbak/test_20121016_152602
.zip
-
2-13
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
2.9 RESTORE
Function
This command restores the configuration data backup file to the system.
In the routine maintenance, if the data is configured incorrectly, you can use this command
to restore the backup data file to the system.
After the command is executed successfully, the result information of the restore operation
(success/failure) is output.
Impact on the system: The restored data has no effect on the system before it is
synchronized to the NE. After the restored configuration data is synchronized to the
NE, configuration data of different MOCs have different effects on the system. The
configuration data of some services may cause NE restart or cell recreation. Therefore,
be cautious.
Syntax
RESTORE:[POS=[<SUBNET>][-<NE>]][,FILENAME=<FILENAME>][,TOEDITOR=<TO
EDITOR>][,TOSNAPSHOT=<TOSNAPSHOT>][,COMPLETE=<COMPLETE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESTORE command, refer to Table 2-17.
Table 2-17 RESTORE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
o.
eter
POS
Description
Type
Com-
plex
Range
None
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Op-
1~3000
None
tional
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Charac-
1~2147
NET
configurations
ter
400000
NE
NE ID in operation
Charac-
1~2147
configurations
ter
400000
FILE-
Charac-
1~1000
NAME
ter
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Re-
quired
the ums-svr/cmdata/cmbak
direcotry of the system server.
2-14
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
N-
Param-
o.
eter
Description
Type
Range
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
1
TOEDI-
Enu-
Refer
EDI-
Re-
TOR
mera-
to Table
TOR
quired
tion (re-
2-18
(modi-
covery
fication
mode)
area)
TOS-
Bool
NAP-
SHOT
TRUE-
TRUE
FALSE
Re-
quired
COM-
PLETE
Bool
TRUE-
FALSE
FALSE
Op-
tional
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of the restore type parameter, refer to Table 2-18.
Table 2-18 Restore Types
Macro
Description
EDITOR
SNAPSHOT
NONE
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESTORE command, refer to Table 2-19.
Table 2-19 RESTORE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
Examples
The following example shows how to restore the configuration data of subnet 0 NE 0 from
the modification area of the backup file to that of the system and from the snapshot area
of the backup file to that of the system. During the restore process, the original NE is not
deleted. After the operation is successful, the information about Restore NE succeeded
is returned.
RESTORE:POS="0"-"0",FILENAME="Test_20120614_220124.zip",TOEDITOR=EDITO
R,TOSNAPSHOT=TRUE,COMPLETE=FALSE;
- System command Restore NE succeeded.
Syntax
APPLY MUTEXRIGHT:[SUBNET=<SUBNET>][,NE=<NE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the APPLY MUTEXRIGHT command, refer to
Table 2-20.
Table 2-20 APPLY MUTEXRIGHT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
o.
eter
Description
Type
Range
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Charac-
0~2147
NET
configurations
ter
400000
NE
NE ID in operation
Charac-
0~2147
configurations
ter
400000
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
None
Optional
None
Optional
2-16
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the APPLY MUTEXRIGHT command, refer
to Table 2-21.
Table 2-21 APPLY MUTEXRIGHT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
Instance
Count
RE-
Char-
SULT
acter
Examples
The following example shows how to apply the mutex right of subnet 0 NE 0. If the
command is executed successfully, the information about Succeeded in applying mutex
right is returned.
APPLY MUTEXRIGHT:SUBNET="0",NE="0";
- System command Succeeded in applying mutex right.
Syntax
RELEASE MUTEXRIGHT:[SUBNET=<SUBNET>][,NE=<NE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RELEASE MUTEXRIGHT command, refer
to Table 2-22.
2-17
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Pa-
o.
rame-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Optional
None
Optional
ter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Char-
0~214740
NET
configurations
acter
0000
NE ID in operation
Char-
0~214740
configurations
acter
0000
NE
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RELEASE MUTEXRIGHT command,
refer to Table 2-23.
Table 2-23 RELEASE MUTEXRIGHT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
Description
Type
o.
eter
RE-
Char-
SULT
acter
Instance
Count
1
Examples
The following example shows how to release the mutex right of subnet 0 NE 0. If the
command is executed successfully, the information about Succeeded in releasing mutex
right is returned.
RELEASE MUTEXRIGHT:SUBNET="0",NE="0";
- System command Succeeded in releasing mutex right.
After the command is executed successfully, the result information of the mutex right
release operation (success/failure) is output.
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
KILL MUTEXRIGHT:[SUBNET=<SUBNET>][,NE=<NE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the KILL MUTEXRIGHT command, refer to
Table 2-24.
Table 2-24 KILL MUTEXRIGHT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
o.
eter
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Char-
0~21474
NET
configurations
acter
00000
NE
NE ID in operation
Char-
0~21474
configurations
acter
00000
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Optional
None
Optional
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the KILL MUTEXRIGHT command, refer to
Table 2-25.
Table 2-25 KILL MUTEXRIGHT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
Examples
The following example shows how to release the mutex right of subnet 0 NE 0 forcibly.
If the command is executed successfully, the information about Succeeded in releasing
mutex right is returned.
KILL MUTEXRIGHT:SUBNET="0",NE="0";
- System command Succeeded in releasing mutex right.
2-19
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
QUERY
SNAPSHOT:[MOC=<MOC>][,MOI=<MOI>][,ATTRIBUTES=<ATTRIBUTES
>][,EXTENDS=<EXTENDS>][,WHERE=<WHERE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the QUERY SNAPSHOT command, refer to
Table 2-26.
Table 2-26 QUERY SNAPSHOT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
MOC
Char-
acter
0~100
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Op-
None
tional
MOI
Char-
0~2147
acter
400000
0~1000
ATTRIB-
Char-
UTES
acter
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
1~100
tional
moinfo command.
4
EX-
Extension attribute
TENDS
Char-
0~2147
acter
400000
None
Op-
tional
2-20
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
WHERE
Char-
0~2147
of "attribute name=attribute
acter
400000
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Op-
None
tional
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the QUERY SNAPSHOT command, refer to
Table 2-27.
Table 2-27 QUERY SNAPSHOT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
is output.
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to query detailed information about subnet 1. After the
command is successfully executed, the object ID, user ID, and subnet type information are
returned.
QUERY SNAPSHOT:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=1",ATTRIBUTES="USE
RLABEL"&"SUBNETWORKTYPE";
Managed
Element
Identification(MOI)
Managed
Element
Identification
ab.(SMOI) User Label(USERLABEL) SubNetwork ID(SubNetwork) SubNetwork
Type(SUBNETWORKTYPE)
- System command SubNetwork=0 0 1 0 1
2-21
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
2.14 SHOW MO
Function
This command shows information of all management objects included in the NE version.
This command is used to show information of all management objects included in the NE
version during the routine maintenance.
After the command is executed, information of all management objects included in the NE
version is output.
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
SHOW MO:VERSION=<VERSION>,RADIOMODE=<RADIOMODE>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW MO command, refer to Table 2-28.
Table 2-28 SHOW MO Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Typ-
eter
Range
VER-
Ch-
0~214
SION
ar-
74000
NEVERSION command.
ac-
00
De-
Op-
Inst-
fault
tional
ance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Re-
quired
ter
2
RADIO-
Inte-
0~655
MODE
ger
35
None
Op-
tional
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW MO command, refer to Table 2-29.
2-22
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Pa-
Description
Type
rame-
Instance
Count
ter
1
MOCS
Com-
plex
1~1000
NE version is output.
NAME
MO name
Charac-
ter
DESC
MO description
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 2-30 describes Radio Mode Enumerate Type.
Table 2-30 Radio
Macro
Meanings
ALL
UMTS
GSM
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
16
LTE FDD
32
LTE TDD
Examples
The following example shows how to query information of all management objects whose
NE version number is UniRan 12.3(GU V4.12.10.13). The query result lists names and
descriptions of all management objects whose NE version number is UniRan 12.3(GU
V4.12.10.13).
SHOW MO:VERSION="UniRan 12.3(GU V4.12.10.13)";
- System command Name|Description
ManagedElement Management NE
Equipment Equipment
TransportNetwork Transmission network
Operator Operator
VsOam Operation mainenance
SystemFuctions System parameters
Syntax
SHOW NEVERSION;
Input Parameters
This command has no input parameter.
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW NEVERSION command, refer to
Table 2-31.
Table 2-31 SHOW NEVERSION Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
VER-
Char-
1~1000
SION
system
acter
ter
1
Examples
The following example shows how to query all NE version numbers supported by the
system. The returned result lists all NE versions numbers supported by the current system.
SHOW NEVERSION;
- System command 2-24
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
NE version
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.20.50.30)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.30.20.00B37)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.20.50.08)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.20.50.20)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.30.20.00B36)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.30.20.00B35)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.10.20.30P20)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.20.30.10)
UniRan 12.4(LTE V3.30.20.00B38)
-
2.16 QUERY2
Function
This command queries configuration data of the network management modification area
through interface display value filtering.
This command can be used when configuration data of the modification area requires to
be queried in routine maintenance. If the configuration data of the snapshot area requires
to be queried, the QUERY SNAPSHOT command can be used. If the actual values require
to be filtered for query, the QUERY command can be used.
After the command is executed successfully, if the specified query object in the system
exists, the configuration data is displayed in list format.
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
QUERY2:[MOC=<MOC>][,MOI=<MOI>][,ATTRIBUTES=<ATTRIBUTES>][,WHERE
=<WHERE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the QUERY2 command, refer to Table 2-32.
2-25
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
MOC
Char-
acter
0~100
De-
Op-
In-
fault
tional
stance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Op-
tional
mo command.
2
MOI
Char-
0~214
acter
74000
None
Op-
tional
00
3
ATTRIB-
Char-
0~100
UTES
acter
Char-
0~214
acter
74000
None
Op-
1~500
tional
command.
4
EX-
Extension attribute
TENDS
None
Op-
tional
00
5
WHERE
Char-
0~214
of "attribute name=attribute
acter
74000
None
Op-
tional
00
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the QUERY2 command, refer to Table 2-33.
Table 2-33 QUERY2 Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
is output.
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to query detailed information about subnet 1. After the
command is successfully executed, the object ID, user ID, and subnet type information are
returned.
QUERY2:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=1",ATTRIBUTES="USERLABEL
"&"SUBNETWORKTYPE";
2-26
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
User
Label(USERLABEL)
SubNetwork
SubNetwork=1 Test 1
Syntax
SHOW MOINFO:MOC=<MOC>[,VERSION=<VERSION>][,RADIOMODE=<RADIOMO
DE>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW MOINFO command, refer to Table
2-34.
Table 2-34 SHOW MOINFO Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Pa-
De-
Op-
Inst-
rame-
fault
tional
ance
ter
Value
or Not
Count
None
Re-
MOC
Description
Type
Range
Cha-
0~214
rac-
74000
command.
ter
00
VER-
Cha-
0~214
SION
rac-
74000
NEVERSION command.
ter
00
RA-
Inte-
0~655
DIOM-
ger
35
ODE
quired
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW MOINFO command, refer to Table
2-35.
Table 2-35 SHOW MOINFO Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
FIELDS
Instance
Count
Complex
1~1000
Character
Character
Character
Character
Character
Character
1~1000
Complex
DESC
TYPE
OP-
TIONAL
DE-
FAULT
document.
CMD
EXAM-
PLES
QUERY commands.
Examples
The following example shows how to query the detailed information about the subnet
management objects. The returned result lists the names, descriptions, types, value
ranges, options, and default values of all attributes of the management object SubNetwork,
and lists the instances of the CREATE,UPDATE, DELETE, and QUERY commands
corresponding to the management object SubNetwork.
SHOW MOINFO:MOC="SubNetwork";
- System command Name |Description |Type |Range |Optional |Default Value
2-28
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command | Instance
CREATE
CREATE:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=?",ATTRIBUTES="SubNetwork=?,";
DELETE DELETE:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=?";
UPDATE
UPDATE:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=?",ATTRIBUTES="SubNetwork=?";
QUERY QUERY:MOC="SubNetwork",MOI="SubNetwork=?";
2.18 DHCP
2.18.1 QUERY DHCP CONFIGURATION
Function
This command queries DHCP configuration data records.
Command
QUERY DHCP CONFIGURATION;
Output Parameters
Table 2-36 shows the output parameters of QUERY DHCP CONFIGURATION.
Table 2-36 QUERY DHCP CONFIGURATION OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
COMPLEX
Result
1~1000000
EID
STRING
EID
NE
INT
NE ID
NENAME
STRING
NE Name
VLANID
INT
VLAN ID
NEEXTERNALIP
ADDRESS
NE External IP
NESUBNET-
ADDRESS
NE Subnet Mask
MASK
7
NEGATEWAY
ADDRESS
NE Gateway
OMCSERVERIP
ADDRESS
OMC Server IP
LASTTIME
STRING
Last Modified
Time
2-29
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Example
QUERY DHCP CONFIGURATION;
No. |EID|NE ID|NE name |VLAN ID|NE external IP| NE subnet mask |NE gateway|OMC
server IP|Last Modified Time
- System command 1 06:15
Rows: 1
Command
DELETE DHCP CONFIGURATION:EID=<EID>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
Table 2-37 shows the input parameters of DELETE DHCP CONFIGURATION.
Table 2-37 DELETE DHCP CONFIGURATION Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
EID
EID
Instance
Count
STRING
1~40
Required
1~1000
Output Parameters
Table 2-38 shows the output parameters of DELETE DHCP CONFIGURATION.
Table 2-38 DELETE DHCP CONFIGURATION OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Example
The following example shows how to delete EID 4432153545641 . After the command is
successfully executed, the returned result is "1 record(s) deleted".
DELETE DHCP CONFIGURATION:EID=4432153545641;
- System command 1 record(s) deleted.
2-30
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
CREATE DHCP CONFIGURATION:SUBNETWORK=<SUBNETWORK>,NE=<NE>,CCS
LOTNO=<CCSLOTNO>[,EID=<EID>][,NENAME=<NENAME>][,VLANID=<VLANID>][,NE
EXTERNALIP=<NEEXTERNALIP>][,NESUBNETMASK=<NESUBNETMASK>][,NEGATE
WAY=<NEGATEWAY>,][OMCSERVERIP=<OMCSERVERIP>];
INPUT PARAMETERS
Table 2-39 shows the input parameters of CREATE DHCP CONFIGURATION.
Table 2-39 CREATE DHCP CONFIGURATION Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
SUBNET-
Instance
Count
Subnet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
WORK
2
NE
999
3
CC-
CC slot
SLOTNO
No.
INT
1~255
Required
EID
EID
STRING
1~40
Optional
NENAME
NE name
STRING
0~80
Optional
VLANID
VLAN ID
INT
0~65535
Optional
NEEX-
NE
AD-
Optional
TER-
external
DRESS
NALIP
IP
NESUB-
NE subnet
AD-
Optional
NET-
mask
DRESS
NEGATE-
NE
AD-
Optional
WAY
gateway
DRESS
OMCSE-
OMC
AD-
Optional
RVERIP
server IP
DRESS
MASK
9
10
Output Parameters
Table 2-40 shows the output parameters of CREATE DHCP CONFIGURATION.
2-31
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Example
The following example shows how to create a DHCP configuration data record whose
subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0, CC slot No. = 1, EID = 255898600005, NE name = test, VLAN
ID = 65535, NE IP address of 20.2.0.5, NE subnet mask = 255.255.0.0, NE gateway =
20.2.0.1, OMC server address = 20.2.0.100. After the command is executed successfully,
the information about creation success is returned.
CREATE DHCP CONFIGURATION:SUBNETWORK=0,NE=0,CCSLOTNO=1,EID="255
898600005",NENAME="test",VLANID=65535,NEEXTERNALIP="20.2.0.5",NESUBNETM
ASK="255.255.0.0",NEGATEWAY="20.2.0.1",OMCSERVERIP="20.2.0.100";
- System command Succeeded in creating.
Rows: 1
Syntax
UPDATE DHCP CONFIGURATION:SUBNETWORK=<SUBNETWORK>,NE=<NE>,C
CSLOTNO=<CCSLOTNO>[,EID=<EID>][,NENAME=<NENAME>][,VLANID=<VLANI
D>][,NEEXTERNALIP=<NEEXTERNALIP>][,NESUBNETMASK=<NESUBNETMASK
>][,NEGATEWAY=<NEGATEWAY>][,OMCSERVERIP=<OMCSERVERIP>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the UPDATE DHCP CONFIGURATION
command, refer to Table 2-41.
2-32
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 2-41 Input Parameter Descriptions for the UPDATE DHCP CONFIGURATION
Command
No.
Parameter
Descrip-
Type
Range
tion
1
SUBNET-
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Subnet ID
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
NE ID
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
WORK
2
NE
999
3
CC-
CC slot
SLOTNO
No.
EID
Electronic
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Character
0~40
65535
Optional
serial
number
5
NENAME
NE Name
Character
0~80
None
Optional
VLANID
VLAN ID.
Integer
0~65535
None
Optional
NEEX-
IP address
Address
None
Optional
TERNALIP
of the NE
NESUB-
Subnet
Address
None
Optional
NETMASK
mask of
Address
None
Optional
Address
None
Optional
the NE
9
10
NEGATE-
NE
WAY
gateway
OMCSER-
IP address
VERIP
of the
OMC
server
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the UPDATE DHCP CONFIGURATION
command, refer to Table 2-42.
Table 2-42 Output Parameter Descriptions for the UPDATE DHCP CONFIGURATION
Command
N-
Pa-
o.
rame-
Type
Description
Instance Count
RE-
Char-
SULT
acter
ter
1
2-33
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
This example shows how to modify DHCP configurations (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0, CC
slot No. = 1, EID = 255898600005, NE name = test, VLAN ID = 65535, NE IP address
of 20.2.0.5, NE subnet mask = 255.255.0.0, NE gateway = 20.2.0.1, OMC server address
= 20.2.0.100). The command is executed successfully, and the result is that a record is
modified.
UPDATE DHCP CONFIGURATION:SUBNETWORK=0,NE=0,CCSLOTNO=1,EID="255
898600005",NENAME="test",VLANID=65535,NEEXTERNALIP="20.2.0.5",NESUBNET
MASK="255.255.0.0",NEGATEWAY="20.2.0.1",OMCSERVERIP="20.2.0.100";
- System Command Successful
-
Syntax
BLOCK UCELL:SRCSUBNET=<SRCSUBNET>,SRCNE=<SRCNE>,TARGETSUBNET
=<TARGETSUBNET>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the MOVETO TARGETSUBNET command,
refer to Table 2-43.
Table 2-43 Input Parameter Descriptions for the MOVETO TARGETSUBNET Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SRCSUB-
Source subnet ID
Integer
NET
2
SRCNE
0~99999
De-
Op-
Instance
fault
tional
Count
Value
or Not
None
Re-
9
Source NE ID
Integer
0~99999
None
9999
3
TARGET-
Target subnet ID
Integer
SUBNET
Re-
quired
0~99999
9
quired
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the MOVETO TARGETSUBNET command,
refer to Table 2-44.
2-34
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 2-44 Output Parameter Descriptions for the MOVETO TARGETSUBNET Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Character
Examples
MOVETO TARGETSUBNET:SRCSUBNET="0",SRCNE="0",TARGETSUBNET="0";
- System command No. |Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
2-35
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
2-36
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 3
Dynamic Management
Table of Contents
SDR Command ..........................................................................................................3-1
LTE Command .......................................................................................................3-225
Syntax
SNTP TIME:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SNTP TIME command, refer to Table 3-1.
Table 3-1 SNTP TIME Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-
NET
network ID
Integer
0~999999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
3-1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
2
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~9999999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
Required
99
3
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SNTP TIME command, refer to Table 3-2.
Table 3-2 SNTP TIME Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-3 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-3 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to synchronize the SNTP server time to the NE
(sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SNTP TIME: SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Success
3-2
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW TIME:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW TIME command, refer to Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 SHOW TIME Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
Range
rame-
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
ter
1
SUB-
Operated
NET
sub-network ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Required
999
3
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW TIME command, refer to Table
3-5.
Table 3-5 SHOW TIME Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
3-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
3
TIME
Instance
Count
Current time
Charac-
ter
4
ZONE
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-6 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-6 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the current time of the NE (subnet ID = 0, and
NE ID = 0).The result is shown as follows:
SHOW TIME:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Failure Reason | Time | Time Zone
1 Successful 1984-04-15 14:15:58 GMT - 3:30
Rows: 1
This command is used when the base station time requires to be modified forcibly.
After the command is successfully executed, the base station time is set.
Impact on the system: The system time is updated forcibly. The modification of the
system time may cause abnormality of some functions related to the base station time.
For example, the report time of alarm, signal track, and performance statistics will use the
new system time. If the time is modified too much, the accuracy of the signal track and
performance statistics may be affected.
Syntax
SET TIME:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,TIME=<TIME>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET TIME command, refer to Table 3-7.
Table 3-7 SET TIME Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUBNET
NE
TIME
Sub-network ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99999
Time
Time
None
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
4
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET TIME command, refer to Table 3-8.
Table 3-8 SET TIME Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this command
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-9 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-5
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to set the time on an NE with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0
to 2013-03-06 12:58:46. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result is
Successful.
SET TIME:SUBNET=0,NE=0,TIME="2013-03-06 12:58:46",RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
This command applies when you want to replace a CC board in service. For example,
when you want to replace or extract by force the master CC board, execute this command,
the original slave CC board switches to master and takes the services (only the master CC
board takes services), and the original master board switches to slave.
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
SWAP BOARD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,S
LOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SWAP BOARD command, refer to Table
3-10.
Table 3-10 SWAP BOARD Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
RADIO
Operated sub-network ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
1~255
None
Required
Required
Operated NE ID
Inte-
operated board
ger
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SWAP BOARD command, refer to Table
3-11.
Table 3-11 SWAP BOARD Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
3-7
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-12 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-12 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to swap the CC board (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID =
0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =1). In this example, board swap
fails, and the detailed information shows that the slave board does not support swap.
SWAP BOARD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Fail The slave board does not support swap.
Rows: 1
3-8
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW BOARD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,S
LOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW BOARD command, refer to Table
3-13.
Table 3-13 SHOW BOARD Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
Range
rame-
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
ter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Radio
Enum
Required
NET
2
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
RADIO
Operated NE ID
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW BOARD command, refer to Table
3-14.
Table 3-14 SHOW BOARD Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
Character
MASTER
Master or slave
Character
SERVICE
Service status
Character
INIT
Initialization status
Character
SAVE
Character
3-9
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
ALARM
Alarm status
Character
PER-
Performance status
Character
FORM
10
BLOCK
Character
11
POWER
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-15 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-15 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the board status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID =
0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =1). The query result is shown as
follows:
SHOW BOARD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason | Administrative Status | Master or Slave | Service
Status | Initialization Status | Save Power Status | Alarm Status | Performance Status |
Block Status | Manual Power Status
Rows: 1
3-10
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW PPP:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,PPPLINK=<PPPLINK>,RADIO=<RADIO
>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW PPP command, refer to Table 3-16.
Table 3-16 SHOW PPP Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated
NET
sub-network ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
999
3
PP-
PPP link ID
Integer
0~15
None
Required
Radio
Enum
Required
PLINK
4
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW PPP command, refer to Table
3-17.
Table 3-17 SHOW PPP Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
3-11
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-18 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-18 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the PPP link status (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and PPP link ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW PPP:SUBNET=0,NE=0,PPPLINK=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW TCP:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,TCP=<TCP>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-12
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW TCP command, refer to Table 3-19.
Table 3-19 SHOW TCP Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~999999
ger
999
Inte-
0~1
None
Required
link ID
ger
Radio
Enum
Required
TCP
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW TCP command, refer to Table
3-20.
Table 3-20 SHOW TCP Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Administrative status
Examples
The following example shows how to query the TCP link status (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and TCP link ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW TCP:SUBNET=0,NE=0,TCP=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
3-13
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW IMA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,ATMLAYERLINK=<ATMLAYERLINK
>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW IMA command, refer to Table 3-21.
Table 3-21 SHOW IMA Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
NE
ATMLAY-
Description
Type
RADIO
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
ID
ger
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
0~11
None
Required
Required
ATM link ID
ERLINK
4
Range
ger
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW IMA command, refer to Table
3-22.
Table 3-22 SHOW IMA Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Charac-
ter
Administrative status
Charac-
ter
3-14
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-23 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-23 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the IMA link status (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and ATM link ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW IMA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,ATMLAYERLINK=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW BFD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,BFD=<BFD>;
3-15
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW BFD command, refer to Table 3-24.
Table 3-24 SHOW BFD Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-
NET
network ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
999
3
BFD
Integer
1~10
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW BFD command, refer to Table
3-25.
Table 3-25 SHOW BFD Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
Examples
The following example shows how to query the route status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID =
0, and object ID for BFD detection = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW BFD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,BFD=1;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
This command applies when the OMM reports alarms about HDLC channel break.
After the command is successfully executed, the system shows the HDLC channel status
(normal or failed).
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
SHOW HDLC:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,HDLC=<HDLC>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW HDLC command, refer to Table
3-26.
Table 3-26 SHOW HDLC Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
0~15
None
Required
channel
ger
Radio
Enum
Required
HDLC
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW HDLC command, refer to Table
3-27.
Table 3-27 SHOW HDLC Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
Enumerate Description
Table 3-28 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-28 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
3-17
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the HDLC channel status (sub-network ID = 0,
NE ID = 0, and HDCL channel ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW HDLC:SUBNET=0,NE=0,HDLC=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW FIBER:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,FIBERDEVICE=<FIBERDEVICE>,RA
DIO=<RADIO>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
3-18
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW FIBER command, refer to Table
3-29.
Table 3-29 SHOW FIBER Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
NE
FIBERD-
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
ID
ger
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~16
None
Required
Fiber device ID
EVICE
ger
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
RACK
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
SHELF
SLOT
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW FIBER command, refer to Table
3-30.
Table 3-30 SHOW FIBER Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
Character
MAS-
Master or slave
Character
TER
5
ALARM
Alarm status
Character
PER-
Performance status
Character
FORM
3-19
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to query the optical port status (subnet ID = 0, NE ID =
0, and fiber device ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW FIBER:SUBNET=0,NE=0,FIBERDEVICE=1,RADIO=ALL,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SL
OT=8; ;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Administrative Status | Master or Slave | Alarm
Status | Performance Status
1 Successful Normal Master Normal Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW AAL5:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,SAALUNI=<SAALUNI>,RADIO=<RADI
O>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW AAL5 command, refer to Table
3-31.
Table 3-31 SHOW AAL5 Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
NE
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
ID
ger
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
3-20
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
1~18
None
Required
Required
ter
3
SAAL-
SaalUni object ID
Inte-
UNI
4
RADIO
ger
Radio
Enum
Enumerate Description
Table 3-32 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-32 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW AAL5 command, refer to Table
3-33.
Table 3-33 SHOW ALL5 Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Charac-
ter
Administrative status
Charac-
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to query the AAL5 link status (sub-network ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, and SaalUni object ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW AAL5:SUBNET=0,NE=0,SAALUNI=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command 3-21
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW PHY LAYER:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,PHYLAYERPORT=<PHYLAYER
PORT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW PHY LAYER command, refer to
Table 3-34.
Table 3-34 SHOW PHY LAYER Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parameter
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
o.
1
SUBNET
NE
Operated sub-
Inte-
network ID
ger
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~999999
ger
999
0~17
None
Required
Required
PHYLAY-
Inte-
ERPORT
ID
ger
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW PHY LAYER command, refer to
Table 3-35.
3-22
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Instance
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Administrative status
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-36 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-36 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the device status (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and physical port ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW PHY LAYER:SUBNET=0,NE=0,PHYLAYERPORT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
3-23
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW ETHERNET FAULT:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,ETHERNETOAM=<ETHE
RNETOAM>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW ETHERNET FAULT command,
refer to Table 3-37.
Table 3-37 SHOW ETHERNET FAULT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
NE
Description
Type
Operated sub-network ID
Operated NE ID
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
1
None
Required
Required
ETH-
Inte-
ERNE-
detection, configuration ID
ger
TOAM
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW ETHERNET FAULT command,
refer to Table 3-38.
Table 3-38 SHOW ETHERNET FAULT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
3
ADMIN
Instance
Count
Administrative status
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-39 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-39 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query Ethernet port status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID
= 0, and configuration ID for Ethernet fault detection = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW ETHERNET FAULT:SUBNET=0,NE=0,ETHERNETOAM=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW ROUTE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,ROUTEDETECT=<ROUTEDETECT
>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW Route command, refer to Table
3-40.
Table 3-40 SHOW Route Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
Operated sub-network
Integer
ID
2
NE
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
9999
ROUT-
EDE-
detection
Integer
1~100
None
Required
Enum
Required
TECT
4
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW Route command, refer to Table
3-41.
Table 3-41 SHOW Route Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
Enumerate Description
Table 3-42 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-42 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
3-26
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the route status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID =
0, and object ID for route detection = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW ROUTE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,ROUTEDETECT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Administrative Status
1 Success Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW SCTP:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,SCTP=<SCTP>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW SCTP command, refer to Table
3-43.
3-27
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~64
None
Required
link ID
ger
Radio
Enum
Required
SCTP
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW SCTP command, refer to Table
3-44.
Table 3-44 SHOW SCTP Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Administrative status
Character
BLOCK
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to query the SCTP link status (sub-network ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, and SCTP link ID = 1). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW SCTP:SUBNET=0,NE=0,SCTP=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information | Administrative Status | Manual Block
1 Successful Normal Blocked
Rows: 1
3-28
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHUTDOWN SCTP:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,SCTP=<SCTP>,SCTPNO=<SCTPN
O>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHUTDOWN SCTP command, refer to
Table 3-45.
Table 3-45 SHUTDOWN SCTP Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
SCTP
Integer
1~64
None
Required
Integer
0~63
None
Required
Radio
Enum
Required
link ID
4
SCTPNO
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHUTDOWN SCTP command, refer to
Table 3-46.
3-29
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to disconnect the SCTP link (sub-network ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, and SCTP link ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHUTDOWN SCTP:SUBNET=0,NE=0,SCTP=1,SCTPNO=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW FAN:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,FANDEVICE=<FANDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW FAN command, refer to Table 3-47.
3-30
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
FANDE-
RADIO
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
0~9999
ger
99
Inte-
0~9999
ger
99999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Fan device ID
Inte-
1~20
None
Required
Required
Operated NE ID
VICE
7
Optional
Inte-
NET
2
Default
ger
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW FAN command, refer to Table
3-48.
Table 3-48 SHOW FAN Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Administrative status
Enumerate Description
Table 3-49 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-49 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
3-31
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the fan status of the SA board (sub-network
ID = 0, NE ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =13). The result is
shown as follows:
SHOW FAN:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13,FANDEVICE=1,RADIO=A
LL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
Syntax
START FAN DUST:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF
>,SLOT=<SLOT>,FANDEVICE=<FANDEVICE>,DUSTTIME=<DUSTTIME>,STARTH
OUR=<STARTHOUR>,STARTMIN=<STARTMIN>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the START FAN DUST command, refer to
Table 3-50.
3-32
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parameter
Description
Type
Range
Default
Op-
Instance
Value
tional or
Count
Not
1
SUBNET
Operated sub-network
Integer
ID
2
NE
0~99999
None
Re-
Operated NE ID
Integer
quired
0~99999
None
Re-
9999
3
RACK
Integer
1~255
SHELF
None
Re-
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
FANDE-
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
10
quired
Fan device ID
Integer
1~20
None
Re-
VICE
7
quired
board
6
quired
board
5
quired
board
4
quired
DUST-
Dust-clean duration
Integer
TIME
(minute)
STARTH-
OUR
(hour)
START-
MIN
(minute)
RADIO
Radio
None
None
Re-
quired
Integer
None
None
Re-
quired
Integer
None
None
Re-
quired
Enum
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the START FAN DUST command, refer to
Table 3-51.
Table 3-51 START FAN DUST Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-52 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-33
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the fan-dust-clean function (sub-network ID
= 0, NE ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =13). The result is
shown as follows:
START FAN DUST:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13,FANDEVICE=1,DUS
TTIME=10,STARTHOUR=3,STARTMIN=10,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-34
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
STOP FAN DUST:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF
>,SLOT=<SLOT>,FANDEVICE=<FANDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the STOP FAN DUST command, refer to Table
3-53.
Table 3-53 STOP FAN DUST Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Fan device ID
Inte-
1~20
None
Required
Required
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
FANDEVICE
Default
RADIO
ger
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the STOP FAN DUST command, refer to
Table 3-54.
Table 3-54 STOP FAN DUST Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-55 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-35
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the fan-dust-clean function of the SA board
(sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =13).
The result is shown as follows:
STOP FAN DUST:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13,FANDEVICE=1,RADI
O=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
MANUAL CONTROL FAN:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF
=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,FANDEVICE=<FANDEVICE>,SPEEDLEVEL=<SPEEDLE
VEL>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the MANUAL CONTROL FAN command, refer
to Table 3-56.
Table 3-56 MANUAL CONTROL FAN Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
NE
RACK
Description
Type
Operated sub-network ID
Operated NE ID
Range
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
Re-
quired
None
SHELF
Inte-
None
SLOT
Inte-
1~255
None
FANDE-
Fan device ID
Inte-
VICE
7
SPEEDLE-
1~255
None
VEL
Re-
Re-
quired
1~20
None
ger
Speed level
quired
ger
6
Required
ger
5
quired
ger
4
Re-
Re-
quired
Inte-
Level 1
ger
to level 4
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the MANUAL CONTROL FAN command,
refer to Table 3-57.
Table 3-57 MANUAL CONTROL FAN Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
3-37
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to manually control the fan speed (sub-network ID = 0,
NE ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =13). The result is shown
as follows:
MANUAL CONTROL FAN:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13,FANDEVIC
E=1,SPEEDLEVEL=2;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
AUTO CONTROL FAN:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,FANDEVICE=<FANDEVICE>;,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-58 shows the input parameters of AUTO CONTROL FAN.
Table 3-58 AUTO CONTROL FAN Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
FANDE-
Fan
INT
0~429496
Required
VICE
Device
Required
7295
Object ID
7
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
3-38
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
Table 3-59 shows the output parameters of AUTO CONTROL FAN.
Table 3-59 AUTO CONTROL FAN Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
Enumerate Description
Table 3-60 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-60 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to automatically control the fan speed, whose subnet
ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is
1, and fan device ID is 1. The command is executed successfully, and the returned result
is Successful.
AUTO CONTROL FAN:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,FANDEVICE
=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-39
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
RESET AISG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET AISG command, refer to Table
3-61.
Table 3-61 RESET AISG Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AIS-
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
1~12
None
Required
Required
NET
2
Default
Operated NE ID
ger
GDEVICE
7
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET AISG command, refer to Table
3-62.
3-40
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-63 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-63 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the AISG device (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID =
0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and AISG device
ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
RESET AISG:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,RADIO
=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-41
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SELFTEST AISG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF
>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SELFTEST AISG command, refer to Table
3-64.
Table 3-64 SELFTEST AISG Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AIS-
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
1~12
None
Required
Required
NET
2
Default
Operated NE ID
GDE-
ger
VICE
7
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SELFTEST AISG command, refer to
Table 3-65.
3-42
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-66 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-66 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to self-test the AISG device (sub-network ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and AISG
device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SELFTEST AISG:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,RAD
IO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-43
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW AISG ALARM:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW AISG ALARM command, refer to
Table 3-67.
Table 3-67 SHOW AISG ALARM Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AISGDE-
RADIO
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
ID
ger
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
1~12
None
Required
Required
VICE
7
Default
ger
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW AISG ALARM command, refer to
Table 3-68.
3-44
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
eter
1
RESULT
DETAIL
NUM-
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Number of alarms
Integer
Alarm status
Charac-
BER
4
STATUS
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-69 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-69 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the alarm status of the AISG device
(sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot
number = 1, and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW AISG ALARM:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Alarm Number | Alarm Status
1 Successful 5 Normal
Rows: 1
3-45
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
CLEAN AISG ALARM:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SH
ELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the CLEAN AISG ALARM command, refer to
Table 3-70.
Table 3-70 CLEAN AISG ALARM Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AIS-
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
1~12
None
Required
Required
NET
2
Default
Operated NE ID
ger
GDEVICE
7
RADIO
Radio
Enum
3-46
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the CLEAN AISG ALARM command, refer
to Table 3-71.
Table 3-71 CLEAN AISG ALARM Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
eter
1
RESULT
DETAIL
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-72 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-72 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the alarms of the AISG device (sub-network ID
= 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and
AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
CLEAN AISG ALARM:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE
=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-47
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET AISG MODE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF
>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,MODE=<MODE>,RADIO=<RADIO
>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET AISG MODE command, refer to Table
3-73.
Table 3-73 SET AISG MODE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
1~12
None
Required
0~1
None
Required
Required
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AIS-
ger
GDEVICE
7
MODE
Integer
RADIO
Radio
Enum
3-48
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET AISG MODE command, refer to
Table 3-74.
Table 3-74 SET AISG MODE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-75 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-75 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to set the TMA mode of the AISG device (sub-network
ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1,
and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SET AISG MODE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,MO
DE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-49
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SEND AISG DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHEL
F>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,FILENAME=<FILENAME>,RADI
O=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SEND AISG DATA command, refer to Table
3-76.
Table 3-76 SEND AISG DATA Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
o.
eter
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Description
Type
Integer
Range
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RACK
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
AIS-
AISG device ID
Integer
1~12
None
Required
Char-
0~99999
None
Required
acter
Enum
Required
GDEVICE
7
FILENAME
RADIO
Radio
3-50
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SEND AISG DATA command, refer to
Table 3-77.
Table 3-77 SEND AISG DATA Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-78 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-78 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to send the configuration data of the AISG device
(sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot
number = 1, and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SEND AISG DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,FI
LENAME="0",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-51
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
CALIBRATE AISG RET:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<S
HELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the CALIBRATE AISG RET command, refer
to Table 3-79.
Table 3-79 CALIBRATE AISG RET Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AIS-
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
1~12
None
Required
Required
NET
2
Default
Operated NE ID
ger
GDEVICE
7
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the CALIBRATE AISG RET command, refer
to Table 3-80.
3-52
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-81 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-81 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to calibrate the RET of the AISG device (sub-network
ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1,
and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
CALIBRATE AISG RET:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE
=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-53
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET RET TILT:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,TILT=<TILT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET RET TILT command, refer to Table
3-82.
Table 3-82 SET RET TILT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network ID
NE
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
AIS-
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
operated board
ger
1~255
None
Required
1~255
None
Required
1~12
None
Required
-30.0~30
None
Required
Required
NET
2
Default
Operated NE ID
Inte-
operated board
ger
Inte-
board
ger
AISG device ID
Inte-
GDE-
ger
VICE
7
TILT
Tilt (degree)
Float
.0
8
RADIO
Radio
Enum
3-54
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET RET TILT command, refer to Table
3-83.
Table 3-83 SET RET TILT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-84 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-84 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to set the tilt of the device (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID =
0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and AISG device
ID =1) to 10.0. The result is shown as follows:
SET RET TILT:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,TILT
=10.00,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-55
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW RET TILT:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF
>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW RET TILT command, refer to Table
3-85.
Table 3-85 SHOW RET TILT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Descrip-
Type
Range
tion
1
SUBNET
Operated
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
subnetwork ID
2
NE
Operated
NE ID
RACK
Rack
999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~12
None
Required
Enum
Required
number of
the board
4
SHELF
Shelf
number of
the board
SLOT
Slot
number of
the board
AISGDE-
AISG
VICE
device ID
RADIO
Radio
3-56
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW RET TILT command, refer to Table
3-86.
Table 3-86 SHOW RET TILT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
2
DETAIL
TILT
Char-
acter
Tilt (degree)
Char-
acter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-87 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-87 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the RET tilt of the AISG device (sub-network
ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1,
and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW RET TILT:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,RA
DIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Tilt (degree)
1 Successful 30.0
3-57
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW MODE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW MODE command, refer to Table
3-88.
Table 3-88 SHOW MODE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Param-
o.
eter
SUB-
Description
Type
Operated sub-network ID
NET
2
NE
RACK
Operated NE ID
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Inte-
0~99999
ger
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
1~255
None
Required
1~255
None
Required
1~12
None
Required
Required
ger
4
SHELF
Integer
SLOT
Integer
AIS-
AISG device ID
Integer
GDEVICE
7
RADIO
Radio
Enum
3-58
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW MODE command, refer to Table
3-89.
Table 3-89 SHOW MODE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
eter
1
RESULT
DETAIL
MODE
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Mode
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-90 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-90 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the operating mode of the AISG device
(sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot
number = 1, and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW MODE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,RADIO
=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Mode
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
3-59
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET BAT TMA11 DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<S
HELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>[,INSTALLATION_DATE=<IN
STALLATION_DATE>][,INSTALLATION_ID=<INSTALLATION_ID>][,BASE_STATIO
N_ID=<BASE_STATION_ID>][,SECTOR_ID=<SECTOR_ID>][,BEARING=<BEARING
>][,MECHANICAL_TILT=<MECHANICAL_TILT>][,MODEL_NUMBER=<MODEL_N
UMBER>][,SERIAL_NUMBER=<SERIAL_NUMBER>][,TMA_TYPE=<TMA_TYPE>],R
ADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET BAT TMA11 DATA command, refer
to Table 3-91.
Table 3-91 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT TMA11 DATA Command
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
configurations
2
NE
RACK
0~9999
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
99
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
Range
quired
0~9999
None
99999
Integer
1~255
SHELF
None
SLOT
Re-
quired
Integer
1~255
None
board
5
quired
board
4
Re-
Re-
quired
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
3-60
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parameter
AISGDE-
Description
Type
AISG device ID
Integer
Range
1~12
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
VICE
7
INSTALLA-
quired
Installations date
TION_DA-
Char-
YY-M-
acter
M-DD
None
Optional
Char-
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
0~9999
None
Optional
Re-
TE
8
INSTALLA-
Installer ID
TION_ID
9
BASE_ST-
acter
NE ID
Char-
ATION_ID
10
SEC-
acter
Sector ID
Char-
TOR_ID
11
BEARING
acter
Antenna direction
Character
12
MECHANI-
CAL_TILT
13
MODEL_
acter
Mode
Char-
NUMBER
14
SERIAL_
acter
Serial number
Char-
NUMBER
15
TMA_T-
acter
TMA type
Char-
YPE
16
RADIO
Char-
acter
Radio
Enum
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET BAT TMA11 DATA command, refer
to Table 3-92.
Table 3-92 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT TMA11 DATA Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Char-
ter
1
RESULT
acter
2
DETAIL
Char-
acter
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Char-
ter
3
DATA
acter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-93 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-93 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to set data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
1. The command is executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which
the operation result is Successful.
SET BAT TMA11 DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE
=1,INSTALLATION_DATE="2013-05-06",INSTALLATION_ID="666",BASE_STATION
_ID="13",SECTOR_ID="43",BEARING="45",MECHANICAL_TILT="45",MODEL_N
UMBER="12",SERIAL_NUMBER="1346889643",TMA_TYPE="0",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-62
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET BAT RET DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SH
ELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>[,INSTALLATION_DATE=<INS
TALLATION_DATE>][,INSTALLATION_ID=<INSTALLATION_ID>][,BASE_STATIO
N_ID=<BASE_STATION_ID>][,SECTOR_ID=<SECTOR_ID>][,BEARING=<BEARING
>][,MECHANICAL_TILT=<MECHANICAL_TILT>][,MODEL_NUMBER=<MODEL_N
UMBER>][,SERIAL_NUMBER=<SERIAL_NUMBER>][,FREQUENCY_BAND=<FREQ
UENCY_BAND>][,BEAMWIDTH=<BEAMWIDTH>][,GAIN=<GAIN>],RADIO=<RADI
O>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET BAT RET DATA command, refer to
Table 3-94.
Table 3-94 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT RET DATA Command
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
configurations
2
NE
RACK
0~999
De-
Op-
In-
fault
tional
stance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Re-
999
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
Range
0~999
quired
None
999999
Integer
1~255
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
4
SHELF
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
5
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
3-63
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parameter
AISGDEVICE
Description
Type
AISG device ID
Integer
Range
1~12
De-
Op-
In-
fault
tional
stance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Re-
quired
7
INSTALLA-
Installations date
TION_DATE
8
INSTALLA-
Installer ID
TION_ID
9
BASE_STA-
NE ID
TION_ID
10
11
12
SECTOR_ID
BEARING
MECHANI-
Sector ID
Antenna direction
CAL_TILT
13
MODEL_NU-
Mode
MBER
14
SE-
Serial number
RIAL_NUM-
Char-
YY-M-
acter
M-DD
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Char-
0~999
acter
Enum
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
BER
15
FREQUENCY-
Frequency band
_BAND
16
17
18
BEAMWIDTH
GAIN
Beamwidth (degree)
Gain
RADIO
Radio
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
None
Op-
tional
-
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET BAT RET DATA command, refer to
Table 3-95.
Table 3-95 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT RET DATA Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
SULT
Charac-
ter
3-64
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
2
DETAIL
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
DATA
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-96 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-96 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to set data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
1. The command is executed, and queried information is returned, in which the operation
result is Failed.
SET BAT TMA11 SET BAT RET DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT
=1,AISGDEVICE=1,INSTALLATION_DATE="2013-05-06",INSTALLATION_ID="32
",BASE_STATION_ID="1",SECTOR_ID="2312121",BEARING="23",MECHANICAL_
TILT="32",MODEL_NUMBER="123445",SERIAL_NUMBER="0232211",FREQUENC
Y_BAND="32",BEAMWIDTH=24",GAIN="22",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Failed Time-out
Rows: 1
3-65
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET BAT ACOM DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<S
HELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>[,INSTALLATION_DATE=<IN
STALLATION_DATE>][,INSTALLATION_ID=<INSTALLATION_ID>][,BASE_STATI
ON_ID=<BASE_STATION_ID>][,SECTOR_ID=<SECTOR_ID>][,BEARING=<BEARIN
G>][,MECHANICAL_TILT=<MECHANICAL_TILT>][,MODEL_NUMBER=<MODEL_
NUMBER>][,SERIAL_NUMBER=<SERIAL_NUMBER>][,ACOM_TYPE=<ACOM_TYP
E>],RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET BAT ACOM DATA command, refer to
Table 3-97.
Table 3-97 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT ACOM DATA Command
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
configurations
2
NE
RACK
0~9999
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
99
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
Range
0~9999
quired
None
99999
Integer
1~255
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
4
SHELF
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
5
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
3-66
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parameter
Description
AISGDEVICE
Type
AISG device ID
Integer
Range
1~12
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
7
INSTALLA-
Installations date
TION_DATE
8
INSTALLA-
Installer ID
TION_ID
9
YY/M-
acter
M//DD
Char-
0~9999
None
BASE_STA-
NE ID
Char-
None
Sector ID
Char-
0~9999
None
BEARING
Antenna direction
Char-
0~9999
None
MECHANI-
CAL_TILT
13
0~9999
None
MODEL_NU-
Mode
Char-
0~9999
None
Serial number
Char-
RIAL_NUM-
Op-
Op-
Op-
tional
0~9999
None
acter
SE-
Op-
tional
acter
MBER
14
Char-
tional
acter
12
Op-
tional
acter
11
tional
acter
SECTOR_ID
Optional
acter
TION_ID
10
Char-
Op-
tional
0~9999
None
acter
Op-
tional
BER
15
ACOM_TYPE
TMA type
Char-
0~9999
None
acter
16
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Op-
tional
-
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET BAT ACOM DATA command, refer
to Table 3-98.
Table 3-98 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT ACOM DATA Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Displays detailed information of the operation. If the
Charac-
ter
3-67
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
3
DATA
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-99 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-99 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to set data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
1. The command is executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which
the operation result is Successful.
SET BAT RET SET BAT ACOM DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=0,SHELF=0,SLOT=0,A
ISGDEVICE=0,INSTALLATION_DATE="0",INSTALLATION_ID="0",BASE_STATIO
N_ID="0",SECTOR_ID="0",BEARING="0",MECHANICAL_TILT="0",MODEL_NUM
BER="0",SERIAL_NUMBER="0",ACOM_TYPE="0",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-68
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET BAT TMA20 DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<S
HELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>[,INSTALLATION_DATE=<IN
STALLATION_DATE>][,INSTALLATION_ID=<INSTALLATION_ID>][,BASE_STATIO
N_ID=<BASE_STATION_ID>][,SECTOR_ID=<SECTOR_ID>][,BEARING=<BEARING
>][,MECHANICAL_TILT=<MECHANICAL_TILT>][,MODEL_NUMBER=<MODEL_N
UMBER>][,SERIAL_NUMBER=<SERIAL_NUMBER>][,FREQUENCY_BAND=<FREQ
UENCY_BAND>][,BEAMWIDTH=<BEAMWIDTH>][,GAIN=<GAIN>],RADIO=<RADI
O>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET BAT TMA20 DATA command, refer
to Table 3-100.
Table 3-100 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT TMA20 DATA Command
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
configurations
2
NE
RACK
0~9999
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
99
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
Range
quired
0~9999
None
99999
Integer
1~255
SHELF
None
SLOT
Re-
quired
Integer
1~255
None
board
5
quired
board
4
Re-
Re-
quired
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
3-69
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parameter
Description
AISGDEVICE
Type
AISG device ID
Integer
Range
1~12
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
7
INSTALLA-
Installations date
TION_DATE
8
INSTALLA-
Installer ID
TION_ID
9
YY/MM-
ter
/DD
Charac-
0~9999
None
BASE_STA-
NE ID
Charac-
None
Sector ID
Charac-
0~9999
None
BEARING
Antenna direction
Charac-
0~9999
None
13
MECHANI-
Mechanical tilt
Charac-
CAL_TILT
(degree)
ter
MODEL_NU-
Mode
Charac-
MBER
14
0~9999
None
Serial number
Charac-
RIAL_NUM-
Op-
Op-
Op-
tional
0~9999
- None
Op-
tional
0~9999
None
ter
SE-
tional
ter
12
Op-
tional
ter
11
tional
ter
SECTOR_ID
Optional
ter
TION_ID
10
Charac-
Op-
tional
0~9999
None
ter
Op-
tional
BER
15
FREQUENC-
Frequency band
Charac-
Y_BAND
16
0~9999
None
ter
BEAMWIDTH
Beamwidth (degree)
Charac-
GAIN
Gain
Charac-
0~9999
None
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Op-
tional
0~9999
None
ter
18
tional
ter
17
Op-
Op-
tional
-
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET BAT TMA20 DATA command, refer
to Table 3-101.
Table 3-101 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SET BAT TMA20 DATA Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
SULT
Charac-
ter
3-70
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
2
DETAIL
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
DATA
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-102 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-102 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to set data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
1. The command is executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which
the operation result is Successful.
SET BAT TMA20 DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE
=1,INSTALLATION_DATE="123433",INSTALLATION_ID="21",BASE_STATION_ID
="1",SECTOR_ID="123232",BEARING="123",MECHANICAL_TILT="31",MODEL_N
UMBER="2",SERIAL_NUMBER="422422",FREQUENCY_BAND="23",BEAMWIDTH
="32",GAIN="1",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-71
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
SHOW BAT RET11 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,S
HELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BAT RET11 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-103.
Table 3-103 SHOW BAT RET11 DEVICE DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BAT RET11 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-104.
3-72
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-105 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-105 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query data for the AISG device (sub-network ID =
0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and
AISG device ID =1) in batches.
SHOW BAT RET11 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AIS
GDEVICE=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Successful Installer ID: 11; NE ID: 11; Sector ID: 11;
Rows: 1
3-73
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
SHOW BAT ACOM DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,S
HELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BAT ACOM DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-106.
Table 3-106 SHOW BAT ACOM DEVICE DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BAT ACOM DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-107.
3-74
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-108 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-108 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query data for the AISG device (sub-network ID =
0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and
AISG device ID =1) in batches.
SHOW BAT ACOM DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AI
SGDEVICE=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Successful Installer ID: 11; NE ID: 11; Sector ID: 11;
Rows: 1
3-75
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
SHOW BAT TMA20 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,S
HELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BAT TMA20 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-109.
Table 3-109 SHOW BAT TMA20 DEVICE DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BAT TMA20 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-110.
3-76
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-111 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-111 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query data for the AISG device (sub-network ID =
0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and
AISG device ID =1) in batches.
SHOW BAT TMA20 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AI
SGDEVICE=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Successful Installer ID: 11; NE ID: 11; Sector ID: 11;
Rows: 1
3-77
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
SHOW BAT RET20 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,S
HELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BAT RET20 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-112.
Table 3-112 SHOW BAT RET20 DEVICE DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BAT RET20 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-113.
3-78
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-114 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-114 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query data for the AISG device (sub-network ID =
0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and
AISG device ID =1) in batches.
SHOW BAT RET20 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AIS
GDEVICE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Successful Installer ID: 11; NE ID: 11; Sector ID: 11;
Rows: 1
Command
SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK
=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<R
ADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA, refer
to Table 3-115.
Table 3-115 SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA, refer
to Table 3-116.
Table 3-116 SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-117 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-117 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
3-80
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to query data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
1. The command is executed, and queried information is returned, in which the operation
result is Failed.
SHOW BAT NOTCHFILTER DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SL
OT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Failed Time-out
Rows: 1
Command
SHOW BAT TMA11 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,S
HELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BAT TMA11 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-118.
Table 3-118 SHOW BAT TMA11 DEVICE DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
SUBNET
SubNet ID
Instance
Count
INT
0~999999
Required
3-81
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
2
NE
NE ID
Instance
Count
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BAT TMA11 DEVICE DATA, refer to Table
3-119.
Table 3-119 SHOW BAT TMA11 DEVICE DATA Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-120 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-120 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to query data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
3-82
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
1. The command is executed, and queried information is returned, in which the operation
result is Failed.
SHOW BAT TMA11 DEVICE DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AI
SGDEVICE=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Failed Time-out
Rows: 1
Command
SET BAT RET20 DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>[,INSTALLATION_DATE=<INSTALL
ATION_DATE>][,INSTALLATION_ID=<INSTALLATION_ID>][,BASE_STATION_ID=<BAS
E_STATION_ID>][,SECTOR_ID=<SECTOR_ID>][,BEARING=<BEARING>][,MECHANICA
L_TILT=<MECHANICAL_TILT>][,MODEL_NUMBER=<MODEL_NUMBER>][,SERIAL_N
UMBER=<SERIAL_NUMBER>][,FREQUENCY_BAND=<FREQUENCY_BAND>][,BEAMW
IDTH=<BEAMWIDTH>][,GAIN=<GAIN>],RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SET BAT RET20 DATA, refer to Table 3-121.
Table 3-121 SET BAT RET20 DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
3-83
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
6
AISGDE-
Object ID
VICE
of AISG
Instance
Count
INT
1~12
Required
STRING
0~9999
ANY
device
7
INSTAL-
Installa-
LATION_
tion date
OPTION
DATE
8
INSTAL-
Installer's
LA-
ID
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
TION_ID
9
BASE-
NE ID
STRING
0~9999
_STA-
ANY
OPTION
TION_ID
10
SEC-
Sector ID
STRING
0~9999
TOR_ID
11
BEARING
OPTION
Antenna
STRING
0~9999
bearing
12
ANY
ME-
Installed
CHANI-
mechani-
CAL_TILT
cal tilt(de-
ANY
OPTION
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
grees)
13
MODEL_
Antenna
NUMBER
model
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
number
14
SERIAL_
Antenna
NUMBER
serial
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
number
15
FRE-
Fre-
QUENCY-
quency
_BAND
band(M-
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
Hz)
16
BEAMWI-
Beam-
DTH
width
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
for each
band(deg)
17
GAIN
Gain for
STRING
0~9999
each
ANY
OPTION
band(dBi)
18
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
3-84
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SET BAT RET20 DATA, refer to Table 3-122.
Table 3-122 SET BAT RET20 DATA Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-123 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-123 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to set data of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU
rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is
1. The command is executed, and queried information is returned, in which the operation
result is Failed.
SET BAT RET20 DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE
=1,INSTALLATION_DATE="0",INSTALLATION_ID="0",BASE_STATION_ID="0",SEC
TOR_ID="0",BEARING="0",MECHANICAL_TILT="0",MODEL_NUMBER="0"[,SERIAL
_NUMBER="0",FREQUENCY_BAND="0",BEAMWIDTH="0",GAIN="0",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | AISG Device Data
1 Failed Time-out
Rows: 1
3-85
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW DEVICE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,S
LOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW DEVICE command, refer to Table
3-124.
Table 3-124 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW DEVICE Command
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
NE
RACK
Description
Type
Range
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99999
Inte-
1~255
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
None
SHELF
Inte-
None
SLOT
Inte-
1~255
None
AISGDE-
AISG device ID
Inte-
VICE
7
RADIO
1~255
None
Enum
Re-
Re-
quired
1~12
None
ger
Radio
quired
ger
6
Required
ger
5
quired
ger
4
Re-
Re-
quired
-
Re-
quired
3-86
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW DEVICE command, refer to Table
3-125.
Table 3-125 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW DEVICE Command
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
PRODNR
Charac-
ter
4
SERNO
Charac-
ter
5
HWVER-
Charac-
SION
6
SWVER-
ter
Indicates the software version.
Charac-
SION
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-126 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-126 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to query information of the device, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0,
RRU rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID
is 1. The command is executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which
3-87
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW DEVICE CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW DEVICE CERTIFICATE command,
refer to Table 3-127.
Table 3-127 SHOW DEVICE CERTIFICATE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
Operated sub-network
Integer
ID
2
NE
Operated NE ID
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW DEVICE CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-128.
3-88
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
SUBJECT
Charac-
ter
Subject
Charac-
ter
4
SEQUENCE
Sequence number
Charac-
ter
5
BEFORE-
Charac-
DATE
6
AFTER-
ter
Valid end time
Charac-
DATE
7
ISSUER
ter
Issuer
Charac-
ter
8
ALGO-
Algorithm
Charac-
RITHM
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to query the manufacturer certificate of the NE
(sub-network ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW DEVICE CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=0,NE=0;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information | Subject | Sequence Number | Valid From |
Valid Through | Issuer | Algorithm Info
Rows: 1
3-89
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW OPERATOR CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO
>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW OPERATOR CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-129.
Table 3-129 SHOW OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Enum
RADIO
Radio
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW OPERATOR CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-130.
Table 3-130 SHOW OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
SUBJECT
Charac-
ter
Subject
Charac-
ter
3-90
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
SEQUENCE
Sequence number
Charac-
ter
5
BEFORE-
Charac-
DATE
6
AFTER-
ter
Valid end time
Charac-
DATE
7
ISSUER
ter
Issuer
Charac-
ter
8
ALGO-
Algorithm
Charac-
RITHM
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to query the operator certificate of the NE (sub-network
ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW OPERATOR CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Subject | Sequence Number | Valid From | Valid
Through | Issuer | Algorithm Info
1 Successful 2013-03-19 07:44:54 GMT 2015-03-19 07:44:54 GMT C=CN, O=ZTE,
CN=Femto Root CA ST=Some-State, C=CN, O=ZTE, CN=segw sha1WithRSAEncryption
150a0b326fbf55efc8b1f7bfcd8dab7c
Rows: 1
3-91
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
DELETE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADI
O>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the DELETE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-131.
Table 3-131 DELETE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the DELETE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-132.
Table 3-132 DELETE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Command Output Parameter
Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Character
Character
eter
1
RESULT
DETAIL
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the operator certificate of the NE (sub-network
ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
DELETE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-92
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
UPDATE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADI
O>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the UPDATE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-133.
Table 3-133 UPDATE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Command Input Parameter
Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the UPDATE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE
command, refer to Table 3-134.
Table 3-134 UPDATE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE Command Output Parameter
Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
3-93
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to update the operator certificate of the NE (sub-network
ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
UPDATE OPERATOR CERTIFICATE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW USER INFO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW USER INFO command, refer to
Table 3-135.
Table 3-135 SHOW USER INFO Command Input User Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Radio
Enum
3-94
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW USER INFO command, refer to
Table 3-136.
Table 3-136 SHOW USER INFO Command Output User Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
User name
Character
User level
Character
USERNAME
USERLEVEL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the user information of the NE (sub-network
ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW USER INFO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information | UserName | UserLevel
Rows: 2
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
l
l
Syntax
UPDATE USER INFO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,OPTYPE=<OPTYPE>,USERLE
VEL=<USERLEVEL>,USERNAME=<USERNAME>,PASSWORD=<PASSWORD>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the UPDATE USER INFO command, refer to
Table 3-137.
Table 3-137 Input Parameter Descriptions for the UPDATE USER INFO Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUBNET
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
configurations
2
NE
OPTYPE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~99999
tional or
stance
Not
Count
Re-
None
None
Operation type
Enu-
Refer
merated
to Table
type
3-139
None
Enu-
Refer
LEVEL
or ordinary user
merated
to Table
type
3-140
Charac-
0~21474
ter
00000
Charac-
0~21474
ter
00000
User name
Password
WORD
Re-
quired
PASS-
Value
9999
NAME
6
In-
quired
USER-
USER-
Op-
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the UPDATE USER INFO command, refer
to Table 3-138.
Table 3-138 Output Parameter Descriptions for the UPDATE USER INFO Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
SULT
Charac-
ter
3-96
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
2
DETAIL
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of the Operation Type parameter, refer to Table 3-139.
Table 3-139 Operation Type
Macro Name
Description
ADD
Add
MODIFY
Modify
DELETE
Delete
For the enumeration information of the User Level parameter, refer to Table 3-140.
Table 3-140 User Level
Macro Name
Description
ROOT
Administrator
NORMAL
Normal user
Examples
Execute the command to update user information of the NE, whose subnet ID is 0, and NE
ID is 0. Parameter information: the operation type is ADD, user level is NORMAL, user
name is user, and user password is user!123.The command is executed successfully, and
information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
UPDATE USER INFO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,OPTYPE=ADD,USERLEVEL=NORMAL,USER
NAME="user",PASSWORD="user!123";
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-97
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW ACCESS LOG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW ACCESS LOG command, refer to
Table 3-141.
Table 3-141 SHOW ACCESS LOG Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW ACCESS LOG command, refer
to Table 3-142.
3-98
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
USER-
Charac-
ter
User name
Charac-
NAME
4
USER-
MAN-
User level
Charac-
ACTION-
Terminal type
Charac-
ADDRESS
ter
Operation type
Charac-
TYPE
7
ter
AGETYPE
6
ter
LEVEL
5
ter
IP address
Charac-
ter
8
PORT
IP port number
Charac-
ter
9
OPTIME
Operation time
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-143 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-143 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the logs of the NE (sub-network ID = 0, and
NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
3-99
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 2
Command
UPLOAD LOG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,LOGTYPE=<LOGTYPE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of UPLOAD LOG, refer to Table 3-144.
Table 3-144 UPLOAD LOG Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot
INT
1~255
Required
LOG-
Log Type
ENUME
Required
Radio
ENUME
Required
TYPE
7
RADIO
3-100
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of UPLOAD LOG, refer to Table 3-145.
Table 3-145 UPLOAD LOG Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
FILEPATH
Path
STRING
Enumerate Description
For a description of Log Type Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-146.
Table 3-146 Log Type
Macro
Meanings
ALARM
Alarm Log
USER
User Log
SYSTEM
System Log
ORDER
Order Log
INTERFERENCE
Interference Log
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command upload log, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number is 51,
shelf number is 1 and slot number is 1. The command is executed, and the operation
result is Successful.
UPLOAD LOG:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,LOGTYPE=ALARM,RA
DIO=ALL;
- System command 3-101
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
D:\netnumen\ommb\ums\ums-svr\tmp\ftp\ddm\
ddmOperationLogUpload_0_0_51_1_1.log
Rows: 1
Syntax
CLEAN LMT MODIFY STATUS:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the LMT MODIFY STATUS command, refer to
Table 3-148.
Table 3-148 CLEAN LMT MODIFY STATUS Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parameter
Description
Type
Range
o.
1
SUBNET
Operated sub-network
Integer
ID
2
NE
Operated NE ID
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the LMT MODIFY STATUS command, refer
to Table 3-149.
3-102
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 3-149 CLEAN LMT MODIFY STATUS Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
Enumerate Description
Table 3-150 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-150 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the LMT modification flag of the NE
(sub-network ID =0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
CLEAN LMT MODIFY STATUS:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information
1 Successful
Rows: 1
This command applies when you want to modify the NE data through the OMMB but the
LMT has accessed the NE.
If the command is successfully executed, the LMT connection is disconnected by force,
otherwise, error information is returned.
Impact on the system: The LMT connection is disconnected by force. If you want to operate
the NE through the LMT, log in to the NE by using the LMT.
Syntax
DISCONNECT LMT:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,MANAGETYPE=<MANAGETYP
E>,ID=<ID>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the DISCONNECT LMT command, refer to
Table 3-151.
Table 3-151 DISCONNECT LMT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
Description
Operated
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
sub-network ID
2
NE
Operated NE ID
999
3
MAN-
Terminal type
AGETYPE
Enumer-
Refer
ated type
to Table
3-153
ID
Connection ID
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the DISCONNECT LMT command, refer to
Table 3-152.
Table 3-152 DISCONNECT LMT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
MAN-
Charac-
ter
Terminal type
Charac-
AGETYPE
ter
3-104
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of the Manage Type parameter, refer to Table 3-153.
Table 3-153 Manage Type
Macro
Description
EFMS
EFMS
EOMS
EOMS
EPMS
EPMS
EDMS
EDMS
OMMBTOOL
OMMBTOOL
MML
MML
MTS
MTS
OMMBPUBLIC
OMMB-PUBLIC
OMMB
OMMB
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to disconnect the LMT connection of the NE
(sub-network ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
DISCONNECT LMT:SUBNET=0,NE=0,MANAGETYPE=EFM,ID=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Detailed Information | Manage Type
1 Successful EFMS
Rows: 1
3-105
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SET LMT AUTHOR:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,OPTYPE=<OPTYPE>,USERLEV
EL=<USERLEVEL>,USERNAME=<USERNAME>,PASSWORD=<PASSWORD>,RADI
O=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET LMT AUTHOR command, refer to
Table 3-155.
Table 3-155 SET LMT AUTHOR Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parameter
Description
Type
Range
o.
1
SUBNET
Subnet ID
Integer
in operation
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
configurations
2
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
USER-
User level
LEVEL
0~99999
9999
Enumera-
Refer
tion
to Table
3-157
USER-
User name.
Character
NAME
5
PASS-
0~21474
00000
Password
Character
WORD
0~21474
00000
3-106
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
N-
Parameter
Description
Type
Range
o.
6
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET LMT AUTHOR command, refer to
Table 3-156.
Table 3-156 SET LMT AUTHOR Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
shows ---.
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of the user authority enumeration parameter, refer to Table
3-157.
Table 3-157 User Authorities
Macro
Description
UNCKECK
Unauthorized user
READ
Read-only user
READW
Read-write user
SUPER
Super user
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-107
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to set the user level to UNCHECK, user name to
user, and password to user@123 on the NE whose subnet number is 0 and NE number
is 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result is Success.
SET LMT AUTHOR:SUBNET=0,NE=0,USERLEVEL=UNCKECK,USERNAME="user
",PASSWORD="user@123",RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows:1
Syntax
SHOW LMT AUTHOR:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW LMT AUTHOR command, refer to
Table 3-159.
Table 3-159 SHOW LMT AUTHOR Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RADIO
Radio
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
0~99999
9999
Enum
3-108
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW LMT AUTHOR command, refer
to Table 3-160.
Table 3-160 SHOW LMT AUTHOR Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
USER-
Charac-
ter
User name.
Charac-
NAME
4
USER-
ter
User level
Charac-
LEVEL
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-161 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-161 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the LMT authorization on an NE with subnet
ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the operation is successful, the result Success, the user name user,
and user level UNCHECK are returned.
SHOW LMT AUTHOR:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |User Name |User Level
1 Successful user UNCKECK
3-109
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
Syntax
OPEN LMT AUTHOR FLAG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the OPEN LMT AUTHOR FLAG command,
refer to Table 3-162.
Table 3-162 OPEN LMT AUTHOR FLAG Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
SUB-
Sub-network ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RADIO
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
99
Integer
configurations
3
0~9999
Default
quired
0~9999
None
99999
Radio
Enum
Re-
quired
-
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the OPEN LMT AUTHOR FLAG command,
refer to Table 3-163.
3-110
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 3-163 OPEN LMT AUTHOR FLAG Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
eter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-164 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-164 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to perform the LMT access authorization on an NE with
subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result is
Success.
OPEN LMT AUTHOR FLAG:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-111
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
CLOSE LMT AUTHOR FLAG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the CLOSE LMT AUTHOR FLAG command,
refer to Table 3-165.
Table 3-165 CLOSE LMT AUTHOR FLAG Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Pa-
o.
rame-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
ter
1
SUB-
Sub-network ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
NET
configurations
ger
NE
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
Radio
Enum
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the CLOSE LMT AUTHOR FLAG command,
refer to Table 3-166.
Table 3-166 CLOSE LMT AUTHOR FLAG Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
3-112
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-167 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-167 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to close the LMT access authorization on an NE with
subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result is
Successful.
CLOSE LMT AUTHOR FLAG:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW LMT AUTHOR FLAG:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW LMT AUTHOR FLAG command,
refer to Table 3-168.
Table 3-168 SHOW LMT AUTHOR FLAG Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Sub-network ID in
Inte-
0~99999
NET
operation configurations
ger
NE
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
Radio
Enum
RADIO
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW LMT AUTHOR FLAG command,
refer to Table 3-169.
Table 3-169 SHOW LMT AUTHOR FLAG Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
shows ---.
3
FLAG
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-170 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-170 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
3-114
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to show the LMT access authorization flag on an NE
with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result
is Successful. Otherwise, the LMT access authorization flag is Close.
SHOW LMT AUTHOR FLAG:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |LMT Author Flag
1 Successful Close
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW NE CONNECTION:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-115
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW NE CONNECTION command, refer
to Table 3-171.
Table 3-171 SHOW NE CONNECTION Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
SUBNET
NE
RADIO
Description
Type
Range
Operated sub-
Inte-
0~99999
network ID
ger
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Enum
Radio
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW NE CONNECTION command,
refer to Table 3-172.
Table 3-172 SHOW NE CONNECTION Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
USERNAME
User name
Character
USERLEVEL
User level
Character
MAN-
Terminal type
Character
AGETYPE
6
ID
Connection ID
Character
ADDRESS
IP address
Character
PORT
IP port number
Character
CNTIME
Login time
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-173 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-173 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
3-116
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the NE connection information (sub-network
ID = 0, and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW NE CONNECTION:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | User Name | User Level | Manage Type |
Connection ID |IP Address | IP Port | Connect Time
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW LINK:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-117
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW LINK command, refer to Table
3-174.
Table 3-174 SHOW LINK Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
SUB-
Sub-network ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RADIO
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
Re-
None
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
quired
0~99999
None
9999
Radio
Enum
Re-
quired
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW LINK command, refer to Table
3-175.
Table 3-175 SHOW LINK Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
LINK
Link is enabled.
Character
BROKEN
Character
MAINTE-
Maintenance status
Character
Cutover status
Character
NACE
6
CUTOVER
Enumerate Description
Table 3-176 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-176 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
3-118
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the link status of the NE with subnet ID 0 and
NE ID 0. If the query is successful, the result is Successful, link enabled is Yes, manual
link broken is no, maintenance status is Normal, and cutover status is Normal.
SHOW LINK:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |Link Enabled |Manual Link Broken |Maintenance
Status |Cutover Status
Row(s): 1
Syntax
LINK BREAK:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the LINK BREAK command, refer to Table
3-177.
3-119
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Required
999
3
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the LINK BREAK command, refer to Table
3-178.
Table 3-178 LINK BREAK Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-179 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-179 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to disconnect the link between the EMS and NE with
subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result is
Successful.
3-120
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
LINK BREAK:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
LINK RESTORE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the LINK RESTORE command, refer to Table
3-180.
Table 3-180 LINK RESTORE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
Required
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-
Inte-
NET
network ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~999999
ger
999
Enum
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the LINK RESTORE command, refer to Table
3-181.
3-121
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-182 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-182 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to restore the link between the EMS and NE with
subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result
is Successful.
LINK RESTORE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.64 BLOCK NE
Function
This command blocks NEs. After a NE is blocked, all services on the NE are interrupted.
3-122
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
This command can be used when the service requires to be interrupted. When the NE
and service of this mode require to be restored, you can use the UNBLOCK NE command
to unblock the NE.
After the command is executed, the service detects that the mode is blocked, which will
trigger the deletion of the NE to cause the service interruption.
Impact on the system: The blocked service is interrupted.
Syntax
BLOCK NE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the BLOCK NE command, refer to Table 3-183.
Table 3-183 BLOCK NE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
Required
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~999999
ger
999
Enum
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the BLOCK NE command, refer to Table
3-184.
Table 3-184 BLOCK NE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-185 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-185 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
3-123
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to block the NE with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the
command is executed successfully, the returned result is Successful.
BLOCK NE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.65 UNBLOCK NE
Function
This command unblocks NEs. After a NE is unblocked, all services on the NE are restored.
After the command is executed, the service detects that the NE is unblocked, which will
trigger the creation of the NE to cause the service recovery.
Impact on the system: The NE service is restored.
Syntax
UNBLOCK NE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the UNBLOCK NE command, refer to Table
3-186.
3-124
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Enum
RADIO
Radio
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the UNBLOCK NE command, refer to Table
3-187.
Table 3-187 UNBLOCK NE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-188 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-188 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to unblock the NE with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the
command is executed successfully, the returned result is Successful.
UNBLOCK NE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
3-125
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
3.1.66 SHOW NE
Function
Query NE Status
Command
SHOW NE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-189 shows the input parameters of SHOW NE.
Table 3-189 SHOW NE Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
Output Parameters
Table 3-190 shows the output parameters of SHOW NE.
Table 3-190 SHOW NE Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
BLOCK
STRING
Block Status
GSMBLOCK
STRING
UMTSBLOCK
STRING
UMTS Block
Status
6
CDMABLOCK
STRING
CDMA Block
Status
3-126
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
TDSBLOCK
STRING
TD-SCDMA Block
Status
8
FDDBLOCK
STRING
Status
9
TDDBLOCK
STRING
Status
Example
The following example shows how to query the status of the NE whose subnet ID is 0 and
NE ID is 0. The query is successful, and the returned result is Successful.
SHOW NE:SUBNET=0,NE=0;
- System command No.
|Operation Result |Failure Reason |BLOCK |GSMBLOCK |UMTSBLOCK
|CDMABLOCK |TDSBLOCK |FDDBLOCK |TDDBLOCK
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.67 RESET NE
Function
This command resets NEs, including BBUs and RRUs. Resetting a NE may interrupt the
service. Therefore, be careful in this operation.
When all services of a NE are interrupted and they cannot be restored after
troubleshooting, you can reset the NE and check whether it can run properly.
After the command is executed successfully, the NE is reset and NE services are
disconnected.
Syntax
RESET NE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET NE command, refer to Table 3-191.
3-127
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~999999
ger
999
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET NE command, refer to Table
3-192.
Table 3-192 RESET NE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
ter
1
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the NE with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the
command is executed successfully, the returned result is Successful.
RESET NE:SUBNET=0,NE=0;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
After the command is executed successfully, all boards belonging to a mode are reset.
This mode process on the CC board is reset finally.
Impact on the system: the NE services of this mode are interrupted temporarily. After the
NE is reset, the services are restored.
Syntax
RESET PRODUCT:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET PRODUCT command, refer to
Table 3-193.
Table 3-193 RESET PRODUCT Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Product mode
Enu-
meration
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET PRODUCT command, refer to
Table 3-194.
Table 3-194 RESET PRODUCT Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-195 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-195 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
3-129
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to reset a product mode of the NE with subnet ID 0,
NE ID 0, and mode UMTS. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result
is Successful.
RESET PRODUCT:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=UMTS;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
RESET RADIO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-130
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET RADIO command, refer to Table
3-196.
Table 3-196 RESET RADIO Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
Operated sub-
Integer
0~99999
network ID
2
NE
Operated NE ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
RADIO
Product mode
Enumer-
ation
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET RADIO command, refer to Table
3-197.
Table 3-197 RESET RADIO Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-198 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-198 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-131
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the product process of the NE with subnet ID
0, NE ID 0, and mode UMTS. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result
is Successful.
RESET RADIO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=UMTS;
-System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
RESET RGPS:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RECEIVER=<RECEIVER>,RADIO=<R
ADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET RGPS command, refer to Table
3-199.
Table 3-199 RESET RGPS Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-
NET
network ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
3-132
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
3
RECEI-
Enumer-
Refer
VER
receiving machine
ation
to Table
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
Required
3-201
4
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET RGPS command, refer to Table
3-200.
Table 3-200 RESET RGPS Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of resetting external receiving machine, refer to Table
3-201.
Table 3-201 Resetting the External Receiving Machine
Macro
Description
BACK
Back plane
FRONT
Panel
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-133
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the RGPS of the NE with subnet ID 0 and
NE ID 0, and reset the external receiving machine to Back. If the command is executed
successfully, the returned result is Successful.
RESET RGPS:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RECEIVER=BACK,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.71 RESET RF
Function
This command resets the RF subsystem, that is, performs soft reset on all RRUs that are
configured, and at same time resets all boards on the RRU side. If there are cascading
RRUs, they are also reset.
When the network management system reports RRU alarms, for example RRU internal
lock lost, this command is used. The RRUs can recover from the failure through soft reset.
After this command is executed successfully, all RRUs are soft reset.
Effect on the system: When all RRUs are reset, services on RRUs are interrupted. Be
cautious about this operation.
Syntax
RESET RF:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET RF command, refer to Table 3-203.
Table 3-203 Input Parameter Descriptions for the RESET RF Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RACK
Rack ID
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
0~99999
9999
Integer
1~255
3-134
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
4
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET RF command, refer to Table
3-204.
Table 3-204 Output Parameter Descriptions for the RESET RF Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Displays detailed information of the operation. If the
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-205 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-205 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to reset the NE, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and rack number
is 51. The command is executed successfully, and information is returned, in which the
operation result is Successful.
RESET RF:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
3-135
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
RESET BASEBAND:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,SUBRACK=<SUBRACK>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET BASEBAND command, refer to
Table 3-206.
Table 3-206 Input Parameter Descriptions for the RESET BASEBAND Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
SUB-
Subrack ID
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
0~99999
9999
Integer
1~255
RACK
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET BASEBAND command, refer to
Table 3-207.
3-136
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 3-207 Output Parameter Descriptions for the RESET BASEBAND Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Examples
Execute the command to reset the baseband subsystem of NE, whose subnet ID is 0,
NE ID is 0, and rack number is 1. The command is executed successfully, and queried
information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
RESET BASEBAND:SUBNET=0,NE=0,SUBRACK=1;
- System command No. | Operation Result| Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
RESET BOARD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,S
LOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-137
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET BOARD command, refer to Table
3-208.
Table 3-208 Input Parameter Descriptions for the RESET BOARD Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
0~99999
9999
RACK
Integer
1~255
None
Required
SHELF
Integer
1~255
None
Required
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET BOARD command, refer to Table
3-209.
Table 3-209 Output Parameter Descriptions for the RESET BOARD Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-210 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-210 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to reset the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed successfully, and
queried information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
RESET BOARD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
SHOW BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-211 shows the input parameters of SHOW BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-211 SHOW BOARD RADIO Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
3-139
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
6
RADIO
Radio
Instance
Count
ENUM
Required
Output Parameters
Table 3-212 shows the output parameters of SHOW BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-212 SHOW BOARD RADIO Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
ADMIN
STRING
Administrative
Status
4
MASTER
STRING
Master or Slave
SERVICE
STRING
Active(or
Standby) Status
6
INIT
STRING
Initialization
Status
7
SAVE
STRING
Save Power
Status
8
ALARM
STRING
Alarm Status
PERFORM
STRING
Performance
Status
10
GSMBLOCK
STRING
11
UMTSBLOCK
STRING
UMTS Block
Status
12
CDMABLOCK
STRING
CDMA Block
Status
13
TDSBLOCK
STRING
TD-SCDMA Block
Status
14
FDDBLOCK
STRING
Status
15
TDDBLOCK
STRING
Status
16
POWER
STRING
Manual Power
Status
Enumerate Description
Table 3-213 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-140
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query the board information (sub-network ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =1). The query is successful,
the returned result is Successful, the operational status is Failed, master or slave is Master,
the service status is Available, the initial status is Normal, the power saving status is
Normal, the alarm status is Normal, the performance status is Normal, the blocked status
of all systems is Unblocked, and the manual power status is Powered-on.
SHOW BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. |Operation Result |Failure Reason |ADMIN |MASTER |SERVICE |INIT |SAVE |ALARM
|PERFORM |GSMBLOCK |UMTSBLOCK |CDMABLOCK |TDSBLOCK |FDDBLOCK
|TDDBLOCK |POWER
Rows: 1
Command
RESET BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-141
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
Table 3-214 shows the input parameters of RESET BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-214 RESET BOARD RADIO Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
Required
Output Parameters
Table 3-215 shows the output parameters of RESET BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-215 RESET BOARD RADIO Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
Enumerate Description
Table 3-216 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-216 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-142
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Example
Execute the command to reset the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed, and the returned
result is Successful.
RESET BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
RESET MATE BOARD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-217 shows the input parameters of RESET MATE BOARD.
Table 3-217 RESET MATE BOARD Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot
INT
1~255
Required
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
Required
Output Parameters
Table 3-218 shows the output parameters of RESET MATE BOARD.
3-143
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
Enumerate Description
Table 3-219 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-219 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to reset the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed, and the returned
result is Successful.
RESET MATE BOARD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Hard reset: The board is not powered off, but reset from the hardware layer.
When the RRU fault at this level does not affect the running status of the RRU at the lower
level, this command can be used to reset RRU boards at this level.
After the command is executed successfully, the boards are reset and the RRU at the
lower level is not affected.
Effect on the system: Only the RRU at this level is affected, and the RRU at the lower level
is not affected.
Syntax
RESET HARDWARE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET HARDWARE command, refer to
Table 3-220.
Table 3-220 Input Parameter Descriptions for the RESET HARDWARE Command
N-
Param-
o.
eter
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Description
Type
Integer
Range
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
0~99999
9999
RACK
Integer
1~255
None
Required
SHELF
Integer
1~255
None
Required
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET HARDWARE command, refer to
Table 3-221.
Table 3-221 Output Parameter Descriptions for the RESET HARDWARE Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Character
eter
1
RESULT
3-145
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Character
eter
2
DETAIL
Enumerate Description
Table 3-222 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-222 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to hard reset the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0,
rack number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed
successfully, and queried information is returned, in which the operation result is
Successful.
RESET HARDWARE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-146
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
ALLOW WRITE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the ALLOW WRITE command, refer to Table
3-223.
Table 3-223 ALLOW WRITE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
0~999999
None
Required
None
Required
Required
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~999999
ger
999
Enum
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the ALLOW WRITE command, refer to Table
3-224.
Table 3-224 ALLOW WRITE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-225 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-147
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to allow alarms to be written into the Flash on the NE
with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is executed successfully, the returned result
is Successful.
ALLOW WRITE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
NOT ALLOW WRITE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-148
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the NOT ALLOW WRITE command, refer to
Table 3-226.
Table 3-226 NOT ALLOW WRITE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Operated sub-network
NET
ID
NE
Operated NE ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Required
999
3
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the NOT ALLOW WRITE command, refer to
Table 3-227.
Table 3-227 NOT ALLOW WRITE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-228 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-228 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-149
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to perform the operation that alarms are not allowed
to be written into the Flash on the NE with subnet ID 0 and NE ID 0. If the command is
executed successfully, the returned result is Successful.
NOT ALLOW WRITE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System Command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
BLOCK BOARD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF
>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the BLOCK BOARD command, refer to Table
3-229.
Table 3-229 Input Parameter Descriptions for the BLOCK BOARD Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUBNET
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
configurations
2
NE
NE ID in operation
0~99999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
0~99999
9999
3-150
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
RACK
Integer
1~255
None
Required
SHELF
Integer
1~255
None
Required
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the BLOCK BOARD command, refer to Table
3-230.
Table 3-230 Output Parameter Descriptions for the BLOCK BOARD Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
Enumerate Description
Table 3-231 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-231 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to block the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed successfully, and
information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
3-151
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
BLOCK BOARD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
UNBLOCK BOARD:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHEL
F>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the UNBLOCK BOARD command, refer to
Table 3-232.
Table 3-232 Input Parameter Descriptions for the UNBLOCK BOARD Command
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
Range
rame-
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
ter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
configurations
3
RACK
999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
board
4
SHEL-
board
3-152
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
Range
rame-
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
ter
5
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RA-
Radio
Enum
Required
DIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the UNBLOCK BOARD command, refer to
Table 3-233.
Table 3-233 Output Parameter Descriptions for the UNBLOCK BOARD Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Charac-
ter
1
RESULT
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-234 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-234 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to unblock the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed successfully, and
queried information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
UNBLOCK BOARD:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
3-153
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
BLOCK RRU:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,ANTNO=<ANTNO>,SUPPEND=<SUPPEND>,ANTSUPP=<ANTSUPP>,RAD
IO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-235 shows the input parameters of BLOCK RRU.
Table 3-235 BLOCK RRU Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
ANTNO
Ant No.
INT
1~255
Required
SUP-
Suppend
INT
1~214740
Required
PEND
No.
ANTS-
Ant and
Required
UPP
Sup-
Required
0000
STRING
1~214740
0000
pend(Ant
:Suppend)
9
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
3-154
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
Table 3-236 shows the output parameters of BLOCK RRU.
Table 3-236 BLOCK RRU Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Failure Reason
Enumerate Description
Table 3-237 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-237 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to block RRU, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU rack number is
51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and antenna number is 1. The command
is executed, and the operation result is Successful.
BLOCK RRU:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,ANTNO=1,SUPPEND=1,A
NTSUPP="1",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-155
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
UNBLOCK RRU:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,ANTNO=<ANTNO>,SUPPEND=<SUPPEND>,ANTSUPP=<ANTSUPP>,RAD
IO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-238 shows the input parameters of UNBLOCK RRU.
Table 3-238 UNBLOCK RRU Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
ANTNO
Ant No.
INT
1~255
Required
SUP-
Suppend
INT
1~214740
Required
PEND
No.
ANTS-
Ant and
Required
UPP
Sup-
Required
0000
STRING
1~214740
0000
pend(Ant
:Suppend)
9
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
Output Parameters
Table 3-239 shows the output parameters of UNBLOCK RRU.
Table 3-239 UNBLOCK RRU Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
3-156
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-240 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-240 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to unblock RRU, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU rack
number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and antenna number is 1.
The command is executed, and the operation result is Successful.
UNBLOCK RRU:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,ANTNO=1,SUPPEND
=1,ANTSUPP="1",RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
BLOCK BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SH
ELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-241 shows the input parameters of BLOCK BOARD RADIO.
3-157
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
Required
Output Parameters
Table 3-242 shows the output parameters of BLOCK BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-242 BLOCK BOARD RADIO Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
Enumerate Description
Table 3-243 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-243 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to block the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed, and the returned
result is Successful.
BLOCK BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
3-158
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
UNBLOCK BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF
=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-244 shows the input parameters of UNBLOCK BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-244 UNBLOCK BOARD RADIO Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
Required
Output Parameters
Table 3-245 shows the output parameters of UNBLOCK BOARD RADIO.
Table 3-245 UNBLOCK BOARD RADIO Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
3-159
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-246 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-246 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
Execute the command to unblock the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number
is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed, and the returned
result is Successful.
UNBLOCK BOARD RADIO:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=AL
L;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.86 POWER ON
Function
This command powers on a board after it is powered off by the POWER OFF command.
After the POWER OFF command is executed, execute this command to power on the
board. The board that is powered off can also be powered on by resetting the CC board
or eNodeB.
After this command is executed successfully, the board is powered on.
Effect on the system: The board is powered on and recovers to normal status.
3-160
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
POWER ON:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the POWER ON command, refer to Table
3-247.
Table 3-247 Input Parameter Descriptions for the POWER ON Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RACK
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
Re-
None
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
quired
0~99999
None
9999
Integer
Re-
quired
1~255
None
Re-
quired
4
SHELF
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
5
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Re-
quired
6
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the POWER ON command, refer to Table
3-248.
Table 3-248 Output Parameter Descriptions for the POWER ON Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
Character
Character
ter
1
RESULT
DETAIL
Enumerate Description
Table 3-249 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-161
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to power on the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack
number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed
successfully, and queried information is returned, in which the operation result is
Successful.
POWER ON:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
POWER OFF:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-162
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the POWER OFF command, refer to Table
3-250.
Table 3-250 Input Parameter Descriptions for the POWER OFF Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
0~99999
9999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the POWER OFF command, refer to Table
3-251.
Table 3-251 Output Parameter Descriptions for the POWER OFF Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-252 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-252 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
3-163
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to power off the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack
number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed
successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
POWER OFF:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Fail Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
RESET POWER OFF:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET POWER OFF command, refer to
Table 3-253.
3-164
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 3-253 Input Parameter Descriptions for the RESET POWER OFF Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
0~99999
9999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Enum
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET POWER OFF command, refer
to Table 3-254.
Table 3-254 Output Parameter Descriptions for the RESET POWER OFF Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-255 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-255 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
3-165
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to power off and reset the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is
0, rack number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 6. The command is executed
successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
RESET POWER OFF:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=6,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.89 SHOW PM
Function
This command queries the power supply relationship between boards in the BBU shelf,
that is, the PM board provides power to which boards. The CC, SA, and FA boards are
powered by the shelf and they are not included in the power supply relationship table.
Before executing the command, verify that there is no alarm about parameter configuration
error (sub-code: the power needed for the board exceeds the power supply capability of
the PM) in the network management system.
l
l
When the board is not powered, check whether it is in the power supply relationship
table. If not, it cannot be powered.
When two PM boards are configured, which work in load sharing mode, pull out one
PM board and observe which boards are powered off.
After the command is executed successfully, the power supply relationship is displayed in
the network management system, which shows the relationship between one PM board
and the boards powered by the PM board.
The operation has no effect on the system.
Syntax
SHOW PM:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT
=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-166
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW PM command, refer to Table 3-256.
Table 3-256 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW PM Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~99999
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
configurations
3
Default
9999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Enum
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW PM command, refer to Table
3-257.
Table 3-257 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW PM Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
SUPPLY-
INFO
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-258 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-258 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
3-167
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to query the power supply relationship of the PM board, whose
subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, rack number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 15.
The command is executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which the
operation result is Successful, and power supply object is BPL (1, 1, 6).
SHOW PM:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=15,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |SUPPLYINFO
1 Successful BPL(1.1.6)
Rows: 1
Syntax
RESET FCE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-168
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the RESET FCE command, refer to Table
3-259.
Table 3-259 Input Parameter Descriptions for the RESET FCE Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
Integer
0~999999
None
Required
configurations
3
Default
999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Enum
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the RESET FCE command, refer to Table
3-260.
Table 3-260 Output Parameter Descriptions for the RESET FCE Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
Enumerate Description
Table 3-261 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-261 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
3-169
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to reset the smoke sensor of the FCE board, whose subnet ID is
0, NE ID is 0, rack number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 8. The command is
executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which the operation result
is Successful.
RESET FCE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=8,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
CLEAN DISK:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,FILETYPE=<FILETYPE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-170
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the CLEAN DISK command, refer to Table
3-262.
Table 3-262 Input Parameter Descriptions for the CLEAN DISK Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~99999
RACK
Integer
0~99999
SHELF
Integer
0~99999
SLOT
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
Required
9999
Integer
0~99999
board
5
Instance
9999
board
4
Optional
configurations
3
Default
9999
Integer
0~99999
9999
FILE-
File type
TYPE
Enumer-
Refer
ated type
to Table
3-264
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the CLEAN DISK command, refer to Table
3-263.
Table 3-263 Output Parameter Descriptions for the CLEAN DISK Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of the File Type parameter, refer to Table 3-264.
Table 3-264 File Type
Macro Name
Description
TEMP
Temporary files
3-171
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro Name
Description
BACK
Backup files
OTHER
Other files
LOG
Log files
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to clean temporary files from the board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID
is 0, rack number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 1. The command is executed
successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
CLEAN DISK:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,FILETYPE=TEMP,RADIO
=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-172
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
QUERY DISK:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
Table 3-266 shows the input parameters of QUERY DISK.
Table 3-266 QUERY DISK Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
RADIO
Radio
ENUM
Required
Output Parameters
Table 3-267 shows the output parameters of QUERY DISK.
Table 3-267 QUERY DISK Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Fail Reason
FREE
STRING
Free Flash(KB)
TOTAL
STRING
Total Flash(KB)
ALLOCATED
STRING
Flash Capacity
Allocated(KB)
6
RATE
STRING
Rate of Free
Flash(%)
7
USAGE
STRING
Flash Usage(%)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-268 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-268 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
3-173
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to block the RRU (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 1, rack number
= 53, shelf number = 1, slot number =1, antenna No. = 1, and frequency band = 1). If the
command is executed successfully, the returned result is Successful.
QUERY DISK:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=53,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. |Operation Result |Failure Reason |Free Flash(KB) |Total Flash(KB) |Flash Capacity
Allocated(KB) |Rate of Free Flash(%) |Flash Usage(%)
Rows: 1
3.1.93 PA ON NEW
Function
This command turns on the PA of an RRU. By default the PA is turned on after upgrade.
To turn on the PA after it is turned off, use this command.
If an RRU board is replaced on the same optical interface, and the PA function is turned
off for the RRU board, to turn on the PA function, this command needs to be executed.
The PA is turned on for the RRU board after the command is executed.
Effect on the system: The PA is turned on for the RRU board, and services on the RRU
board can be used.
Syntax
PA ON NEW:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLO
T=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-174
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the PA ON NEW command, refer to Table
3-269.
Table 3-269 Input Parameter Descriptions for the PA ON NEW Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
NET
configurations
ger
NE
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
board
ger
Inte-
1~255
None
Required
Required
SHELF
Optional
SUB-
RACK
Default
SLOT
ger
6
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the PA ON NEW command, refer to Table
3-270.
Table 3-270 Output Parameter Descriptions for the PA ON NEW Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-271 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-271 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
3-175
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to turn on the PA for the RRU board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE
ID is 0, RRU rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, and RRU slot number is 1. The
command is executed successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation
result is Successful.
PA ON NEW:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
PA OFF NEW:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-176
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the PA OFF NEW command, refer to Table
3-272.
Table 3-272 Input Parameter Descriptions for the PA OFF NEW Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~99999
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
configurations
3
Default
9999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the PA OFF NEW command, refer to Table
3-273.
Table 3-273 Output Parameter Descriptions for the PA OFF NEW Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
Enumerate Description
Table 3-274 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-274 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
3-177
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to turn off the PA for the RRU board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE
ID is 0, RRU rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, and RRU slot number is 1. The
command is executed successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation
result is Successful.
PA OFF NEW:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW CARRIER NEW:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SH
ELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-178
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW CARRIER NEW command, refer
to Table 3-275.
Table 3-275 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW CARRIER NEW Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~99999
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
configurations
3
Default
9999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
Required
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW CARRIER NEW command, refer
to Table 3-276.
Table 3-276 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW CARRIER NEW Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
QRE-
SULT
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-277 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-277 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
3-179
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to query carrier power of the RRU board, whose subnet ID is 0,
NE ID is 0, RRU rack number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, and RRU slot number is 1.
The command is executed successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation
result is Successful.
SHOW CARRIER NEW:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result| Failure Reason |QRESULT
1 Successful AntNo:1 TotalPower:No Power
2 Successful AntNo:3 TotalPower:No Power
Rows: 2
Syntax
CAPTURE UES:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,S
LOT=<SLOT>,KEYONE=<KEYONE>,KEYTWO=<KEYTWO>,KEYTHREE=<KEYTH
REE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-180
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the CAPTURE UES command, refer to Table
3-278.
Table 3-278 Input Parameter Descriptions for the CAPTURE UES Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
RACK
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
configurations
3
0~99999
Default
0~99999
9999
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
None
None
Required
None
None
Required
None
None
Required
Required
board
4
SHELF
SLOT
KEY-
Source port of
Enumer-
ONE
mirroring entrance
ated type
KEY-
Source port of
Enumer-
TWO
mirroring exit
ated type
KEYTH-
Destination port of
Enumer-
REE
mirroring
ated type
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the CAPTURE UES command, refer to Table
3-279.
Table 3-279 Output Parameter Descriptions for the CAPTURE UES Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Displays detailed information of the operation. If the
Charac-
ter
Enumeration
For the enumeration information of the mirroring port types, refer to Table 3-280.
3-181
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Description
X1
X2
X3
UPLINK
X4
FIBER
CC1
CC2
DP
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to mirror packets of the UES board, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is
0, rack number is 1, shelf number is 1, and slot number is 13. The command is executed
successfully, and information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
CAPTURE UES:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13,KEYONE=X1,KEYTW
O=X1,KEYTHREE=X1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
3-182
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
3.1.97 SHOW E1
Function
This command queries the E1 link status.
This command applies when the OMM reports E1/T1 self-loop alarms.
After the command is successfully executed, the system shows the E1 link status (normal
or failed).
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
SHOW E1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,E1DEVICE=<E1DEVICE>,RADIO=<RADI
O>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW E1 command, refer to Table 3-282.
Table 3-282 SHOW E1 Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
Range
eter
1
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
1~16
None
Required
Required
E1DE-
E1 ID
VICE
4
Default
RADIO
ger
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW E1 command, refer to Table 3-283.
Table 3-283 SHOW E1 Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Character
ADMIN
Administrative status
3-183
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-284 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-284 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the E1 link status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID
= 0, and E1 ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW E1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,E1DEVICE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
3.1.98 SHOW T1
Function
This command queries the T1 link status.
This command applies when the OMM reports E1/T1 self-loop alarms.
After the command is successfully executed, the system shows the T1 link status (normal
or failed).
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
SHOW T1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,T1DEVICE=<T1DEVICE>,RADIO=<RADI
O>;
3-184
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW T1 command, refer to Table 3-285.
Table 3-285 SHOW T1 Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Operated sub-network
Range
Integer
0~99999
ID
2
NE
Operated NE ID
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
9
Integer
0~99999
9999
T1DE-
T1 ID
Integer
1~16
None
Required
Radio
Enum
Required
VICE
4
RADIO
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW T1 command, refer to Table 3-286.
Table 3-286 SHOW T1 Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
ADMIN
Instance
ter
Failure reason. If the operation fails, this field shows
Charac-
ter
Administrative status
Charac-
ter
Enumerate Description
Table 3-287 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-287 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-185
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
The following example shows how to query the T1 link status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID
= 0, and T1 ID = 0).The result is shown as follows:
SHOW T1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,T1DEVICE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Information | Administrative Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
3.1.99 BLOCK E1
Function
This command blocks an E1 link. After the command is successfully executed, the system
shows the E1 link status (successful or failed).
Impact on the system: none.
Command
BLOCK E1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,E1DEVICE=<E1DEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO
>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of BLOCK E1, refer to Table 3-288.
Table 3-288 BLOCK E1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
Required
7295
3
E1DE-
Object ID
VICE
of E1
RADIO
Radio
INT
0~429496
7295
ENUME
3-186
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
5
RACK
Rack
Instance
Count
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
number
of the
operated
board
6
SHELF
Shelf
number
of the
operated
board
SLOT
Slot
number
of the
operated
board
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of BLOCK E1, refer to Table 3-289.
Table 3-289 BLOCK E1 OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-290.
Table 3-290 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
3-187
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Note:
The command is not applicable to the LTE_FDD and LTE_TDD.
Example
The following example shows how to block a control link of the board (subnet ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =13).
BLOCK E1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,E1DEVICE=1,RADIO=CDMA,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT
=13;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.1.100 UNBLOCK E1
Function
This command unblocks an E1 link. After the command is successfully executed, the
system shows the E1 link status (successful or failed).
Impact on the system: none.
Command
UNBLOCK E1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,E1DEVICE=<E1DEVICE>,RADIO=<RAD
IO>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of UNBLOCK E1, refer to Table 3-291.
Table 3-291 UNBLOCK E1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
7295
3-188
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
3
Instance
Count
E1DE-
Object ID
INT
VICE
of E1
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
RACK
Rack
0~429496
Required
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
7295
number
of the
operated
board
6
SHELF
Shelf
number
of the
operated
board
SLOT
Slot
number
of the
operated
board
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of UNBLOCK E1, refer to Table 3-292.
Table 3-292 UNBLOCK E1 OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-293.
Table 3-293 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
3-189
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
ALL
ALL
Note:
The UNBLOCK E1 command is not applicable to the LTE_FDD and LTE_TDD.
Example
The following example shows how to block a control link of the board (subnet ID = 0, NE
ID = 0, rack number = 1, shelf number = 1, and slot number =13).
UNBLOCK E1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,E1DEVICE=0,RADIO=CDMA,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLO
T=13;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
SHOW STM1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,STM1DEVICE=<STM1DEVICE>,RADIO
=<RADIO>
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of SHOW STM1, refer to Table 3-294.
Table 3-294 SHOW STM1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
7295
3-190
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
3
STM1DE-
Object ID
VICE
of STM-1
RADIO
Radio
Instance
Count
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
7295
ENUME
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW STM1, refer to Table 3-295.
Table 3-295 SHOW STM1 OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
ADMIN
Administrative
STRING
STRING
Status
4
BLOCKSTAT
Block(or Unblock)
Status
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-296.
Table 3-296 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD
LTE FDD
LTE_TDD
LTE TDD
Note:
The SHOW STM1 command is applicable to the TD-SCDMA mode only.
Example
SHOW STM1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,STM1DEVICE=0,RADIO=TD_SCDMA;
3-191
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
BLOCK STM1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,STM1DEVICE=<STM1DEVICE>,RADIO
=<RADIO>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of BLOCK STM1, refer to Table 3-297.
Table 3-297 BLOCK STM1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
7295
3
STM1DE-
Object ID
INT
0~429496
VICE
of STM-1
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
RACK
Rack
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
7295
number
of the
operated
board
6
SHELF
Shelf
number
of the
operated
board
SLOT
Slot
number
of the
operated
board
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of BLOCK STM1, refer to Table 3-298.
3-192
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-299.
Table 3-299 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Note:
The command is applicable to the TD-SCDMA mode only.
Example
The following example shows how to block the link (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and STM-1 ID = 1). The command is executed successfully, and the returned result is
Successful.
BLOCK STM1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,STM1DEVICE=0,RADIO=TD_SCDMA,RACK=1,SHE
LF=1,SLOT=13;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-193
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
UNBLOCK STM1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,STM1DEVICE=<STM1DEVICE>,RAD
IO=<RADIO>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of UNBLOCK STM1, refer to Table 3-300.
Table 3-300 UNBLOCK STM1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
7295
3
STM1DE-
Object ID
INT
0~429496
VICE
of STM-1
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
RACK
Rack
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
7295
number
of the
operated
board
6
SHELF
Shelf
number
of the
operated
board
SLOT
Slot
number
of the
operated
board
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of UNBLOCK STM1, refer to Table 3-301.
3-194
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-302.
Table 3-302 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Note:
The UNBLOCK STM1 command is applicable to the TD-SCDMA mode only.
Example
The following example shows how to block the link (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and STM-1 ID = 1). The command is executed successfully, and the returned result is
Successful.
UNBLOCK STM1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,STM1DEVICE=0,RADIO=TD_SCDMA,RACK=1,S
HELF=1,SLOT=1;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-195
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
BLOCK CHANNEL STM1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,CHNSTM=<CHNSTM>,RADI
O=<RADIO>
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of BLOCK CHANNEL STM1, refer to Table 3-303.
Table 3-303 BLOCK CHANNEL STM1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
Required
7295
3
CHNSTM
Object ID
INT
of chan-
0~429496
7295
nelized
STM-1
4
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of BLOCK CHANNEL STM1, refer to Table 3-304.
Table 3-304 BLOCK CHANNEL STM1 OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-305.
Table 3-305 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
3-196
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Note:
The command is applicable to the TD-SCDMA mode only.
Example
The following example shows how to block link (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0, and Channel
STM-1 ID = 1). The query is successful, the returned result is Successful.
BLOCK CHANNEL STM1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,CHNSTM=0,RADIO=TD_SCDMA;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
UNBLOCK CHANNEL STM1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,CHNSTM=<CHNSTM>,R
ADIO=<RADIO>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of UNBLOCK CHANNEL STM1, refer to Table 3-306.
3-197
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
7295
3
CHNSTM
Object ID
INT
of chan-
0~429496
7295
nelized
STM-1
4
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
RACK
Rack
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
number
of the
operated
board
6
SHELF
Shelf
number
of the
operated
board
SLOT
Slot
number
of the
operated
board
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of UNBLOCK CHANNEL STM1, refer to Table
3-307.
Table 3-307 UNBLOCK CHANNEL STM1 OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-308.
3-198
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Note:
The UNBLOCK CHANNEL STM1 command is applicable to the TD-SCDMA mode only.
Example
The following example shows how to unblock a link (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0, and
channel STM-1 ID = 1). The command is executed successfully, and the returned result
is Successful.
UNBLOCK CHANNEL STM1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,CHNSTM=0,RADIO=TD_SCDMA,RAC
K=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Command
SHOW CHANNEL STM1:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,CHNSTM=<CHNSTM>,RADI
O=<RADIO>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>;
3-199
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
INPUT PARAMETERS
For a description of input parameters of SHOW CHANNEL STM1, refer to Table 3-309.
Table 3-309 SHOW CHANNEL STM1 INPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~429496
Required
Required
7295
3
CHNSTM
Object ID
INT
of chan-
0~429496
7295
nelized
STM-1
4
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
RACK
Rack
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
Integer
1~255
None
Required
number
of the
operated
board
6
SHELF
Shelf
number
of the
operated
board
SLOT
Slot
number
of the
operated
board
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW CHANNEL STM1, refer to Table 3-310 .
Table 3-310 SHOW CHANNEL STM1 OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Failure Reason
STRING
ADMIN
Administrative
STRING
STRING
Status
4
BLOCKSTAT
Block(or Unblock)
Status
3-200
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Enumerate
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-311.
Table 3-311 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Note:
The SHOW CHANNEL STM1 command is applicable to the TD-SCDMA mode only.
Example
The following example shows how to query link status (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0,
and STM-1 ID = 1). The query is successful, the returned result is Successful, and the
operational status is Normal.
SHOW CHANNEL STM1:SUBNET=0,NE=0,CHNSTM=0,RADIO=TD_SCDMA,RACK
=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=13
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Administrative Status | Block(or Unblock) Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
filter and determine whether it meets the requirements of the cell, use this command. After
this command is executed successfully, the type of the current notch filter is displayed.
Impact on the system: none.
Command
SHOW NOTCHFILTER TYPE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF
=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW NOTCHFILTER TYPE, refer to Table 3-312.
Table 3-312 SHOW NOTCHFILTER TYPE Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW NOTCHFILTER TYPE, refer to Table
3-313.
Table 3-313 SHOW NOTCHFILTER TYPE Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
TYPE
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-314 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
3-202
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query the type of the notch filter (subnet ID = 0, NE ID
= 0, rack number = 51, shelf number = 1, and slot number =1). The operation is successful,
the returned result is Successful, and the notch filter type is 1.
SHOW NOTCHFILTER TYPE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDE
VICE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Wave Trap Type
1 Successful 1
Rows: 1
Command
SHOW NOTCHFILTER STATUS:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHE
LF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
3-203
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW NOTCHFILTER STATUS, refer to Table
3-315.
Table 3-315 SHOW NOTCHFILTER STATUS Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW NOTCHFILTER STATUS, refer to Table
3-316.
Table 3-316 SHOW NOTCHFILTER STATUS Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
STATUS
STRING
Status
Enumerate Description
Table 3-317 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-317 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to query the status of the notch filter (sub-network ID
= 0, NE ID = 0, rack number = 51, shelf number = 1, slot number = 1, and AISG device
ID =1). The query is successful, the returned result is Successful, and the on-off status of
the notch filter is On.
SHOW NOTCHFILTER STATUS:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISG
DEVICE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Wave Trap Switch Status
1 Successful On
Rows: 1
Command
SET NOTCHFILTER OPEN:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF
=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SET NOTCHFILTER OPEN, refer to Table 3-318.
3-205
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
AISGDE-
Object ID
INT
1~12
Required
VICE
of AISG
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SET NOTCHFILTER OPEN, refer to Table 3-319.
Table 3-319 SET NOTCHFILTER OPEN Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-320 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-320 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to enable the notch filter (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID
= 0, rack number = 51, shelf number = 1, slot number = 1, and AISG device ID =1). The
setting is successful, and the returned result Successful.
3-206
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Command
SET NOTCHFILTER CLOSE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF
=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SET NOTCHFILTER CLOSE, refer to Table 3-321.
Table 3-321 SET NOTCHFILTER CLOSE Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
3-207
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
6
AISGDE-
Object ID
VICE
of AISG
Instance
Count
INT
1~12
Required
ENUME
Required
device
7
RADIO
Radio
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SET NOTCHFILTER CLOSE, refer to Table
3-322.
Table 3-322 SET NOTCHFILTER CLOSE Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-323 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-323 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to disable the notch filter (sub-network ID = 0, NE ID
= 0, rack number = 51, shelf number = 1, slot number = 1, and AISG device ID =1). The
setting is successful, and the returned result Successful.
SET NOTCHFILTER CLOSE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVI
CE=0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
3-208
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
Command
SET BAT NOTCHFILTER DATA:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SH
ELF=<SHELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>[,INSTALLATION_DATE
=<INSTALLATION_DATE>][,INSTALLATION_ID=<INSTALLATION_ID>][,BASE_STATIO
N_ID=<BASE_STATION_ID>][,SECTOR_ID=<SECTOR_ID>][,BEARING=<BEARING>][,M
ECHANICAL_TILT=<MECHANICAL_TILT>][,MODEL_NUMBER=<MODEL_NUMBER
>][,SERIAL_NUMBER=<SERIAL_NUMBER>][,FREQUENCY_BAND=<FREQUENCY_BA
ND>][,BEAMWIDTH=<BEAMWIDTH>][,GAIN=<GAIN>][,BAND_CLASS_INFO=<BAND_
CLASS_INFO>][,BANDWIDTH_INFO=<BANDWIDTH_INFO>][,VERSION_INFO=<VERSI
ON_INFO>],RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SET BAT NOTCHFILTER DATA, refer to Table
3-324.
Table 3-324 SET BAT NOTCHFILTER DATA Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
3-209
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
6
AISGDE-
Object ID
VICE
of AISG
Instance
Count
INT
1~12
Required
STRING
0~9999
ANY
device
7
INSTAL-
Installa-
LATION_
tion date
OPTION
DATE
8
INSTAL-
Installer's
LA-
ID
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
TION_ID
9
BASE-
NE ID
STRING
0~9999
_STA-
ANY
OPTION
TION_ID
10
SEC-
Sector ID
STRING
0~9999
TOR_ID
11
BEARING
OPTION
Antenna
STRING
0~9999
bearing
12
ANY
ME-
Installed
CHANI-
mechani-
CAL_TILT
cal tilt(de-
ANY
OPTION
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
grees)
13
MODEL_
Antenna
NUMBER
model
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
number
14
SERIAL_
Antenna
NUMBER
serial
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
number
15
FRE-
Fre-
QUENCY-
quency
_BAND
band(M-
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
Hz)
16
BEAMWI-
Beam-
DTH
width
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
for each
band(deg)
17
GAIN
Gain for
STRING
each
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
band(dBi)
3-210
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
18
19
20
BAND_C-
Band
LASS_I-
Class In-
NFO
formation
BAND-
Band-
WIDTH_I-
width In-
NFO
formation
VERSIO-
Version
N_INFO
Informa-
Instance
Count
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
STRING
0~9999
ANY
OPTION
tion
21
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SET BAT NOTCHFILTER DATA, refer to Table
3-325.
Table 3-325 SET BAT NOTCHFILTER DATA Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
DATA
STRING
Enumerate Description
Table 3-326 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-326 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
SET BAT NOTCHFILTER DATA:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISG
DEVICE=0,INSTALLATION_DATE="0",INSTALLATION_ID="0",BASE_STATION_ID
3-211
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
="0",SECTOR_ID="0",BEARING="0",MECHANICAL_TILT="0",MODEL_NUMBER="0
"[,SERIAL_NUMBER="0",FREQUENCY_BAND="0",BEAMWIDTH="0",GAIN="0",BAN
D_CLASS_INFO="0",BANDWIDTH_INFO="0",VERSION_INFO="0",RADIO=ALL;
Command
SHOW BOARD MODE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHEL
F>,SLOT=<SLOT>,RADIO=<RADIO>
Input Parameters
For a description of input parameters of SHOW BOARD MODE, refer to Table 3-327.
Table 3-327 SHOW BOARD MODE Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf NO.
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot NO.
INT
1~255
Required
RADIO
Radio
ENUME
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of output parameters of SHOW BOARD MODE, refer to Table 3-328.
Table 3-328 SHOW BOARD MODE Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
Operation Result
STRING
DETAIL
Fail Reason
STRING
MODE
Board Mode
STRING
Enumerate Description
For a description of Radio Enumerate Type, refer to Table 3-329.
3-212
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
SHOW BOARD MODE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,RADIO=LTE_TD
D;
No. |Operation Result |Fail Reason |Board Mode
1 Successful Using
Row(s): 1
Syntax
SHOW GAIN:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SL
OT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW GAIN command, refer to Table
3-330.
3-213
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Param-
o.
eter
SUB-
Operated sub-network
Inte-
0~99999
NET
ID
ger
NE
Operated NE ID
Inte-
0~99999
ger
9999
Inte-
board
ger
Inte-
board
ger
Inte-
RACK
SHELF
SLOT
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
1~255
None
Required
1~255
None
Required
1~255
None
Required
1~12
None
Required
Required
ger
6
AIS-
AISG device ID
GDE-
Integer
VICE
7
RADIO
Radio
Enum
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW GAIN command, refer to Table
3-331.
Table 3-331 SHOW GAIN Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
RE-
Instance
Count
Character
Character
Character
SULT
2
DETAIL
GAIN
Gain (dB)
Enumerate Description
Table 3-332 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-332 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
3-214
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the TMA gain of the AISG device (sub-network
ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1,
and AISG device ID =1). The result is shown as follows:
SHOW
=ALL;
GAIN:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,RADIO
Command
SET
GAIN:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT
=<SLOT>,ANTNO=<ANTNO>,SUPPEND=<SUPPEND>,ANTSUPP=<ANTSUPP>,RADIO
=<RADIO>,GAIN=<GAIN>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
Table 3-333 shows the input parameters of SET GAIN.
Table 3-333 SET GAIN Input Parameters
No
Name
Notes
Type
Range
Default
Option
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
0~999999
Required
3-215
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Notes
Type
Range
Default
Option
Instance
Count
NE
NE ID
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
RACK
Rack
INT
1~255
Required
SHELF
Shelf
INT
1~255
Required
SLOT
Slot
INT
1~255
Required
ANTNO
Ant No.
INT
1~255
Required
SUP-
Suppend
STRING
1~214740
Required
PEND
No.
ANTS-
Ant and
Required
UPP
Sup-
Required
0~255
Required
0000
STRING
1~214740
0000
pend(Ant
:Suppend)
9
RADIO
Radio
Radio(Enum)
10
GAIN
Gain
INT
Value
Output Parameters
Table 3-334 shows the output parameters of SET GAIN.
Table 3-334 SET GAIN OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Operation Result
DETAIL
STRING
Failure Reason
DATA
STRING
Gain Adjust
Result
Enumerate Description
Table 3-335 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-335 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
3-216
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Macro
Meanings
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Example
The following example shows how to set gain (sub-network ID =0, NE ID=1, rack number
=53,shelf number=1,slot number=1,antenna ID=1,gain=20 and frequency band=34).
SET GAIN:SUBNET=0,NE=1,RACK=53,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,ANTNO=1,SUPPEND="34
",ANTSUPP="1:2600M(3GPP Band7/3GPP2 BC13)",RADIO=LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD),GAIN
="20";
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
SET CLOCK:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,CLOCK=<CLOCK>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET CLOCK command, refer to Table
3-336.
Table 3-336 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SET CLOCK Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUBNET
Subnet ID
Integer
in operation
0~999999
De-
Op-
Instance
fault
tional
Count
Value
or Not
None
Re-
quired
configurations
3-217
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
CLOCK
Clock output
0~99999999
De-
Op-
Instance
fault
tional
Count
Value
or Not
None
Re-
9
Integer
quired
0~65535
None
frequency
4
RADIO
Wireless system
Re-
quired
Enu-
None
merated
Re-
quired
type
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET CLOCK command, refer to Table
3-337.
Table 3-337 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SET CLOCK Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-338 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-338 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to set the clock (subnet ID = 0, NE ID = 0). The
command execution is successful, and the returned result is Successful.
3-218
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
SET CLOCK:SUBNET=0,NE=0,CLOCK=100M,RADIO=UMTS;
- System command No. |Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
Syntax
SHOW CLOCK:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW CLOCK command, refer to Table
3-339.
Table 3-339 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW CLOCK Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUBNET
Subnet ID in operation
Integer
0~999999
De-
Op-
Inst-
fault
tional
ance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Re-
configurations
2
NE
quired
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
RADIO
0~99999999
None
Wireless system
Enu-
Re-
quired
None
merated
Re-
quired
type
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW CLOCK command, refer to Table
3-340.
Table 3-340 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW CLOCK Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Character
3-219
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
2
DETAIL
Instance
Count
Character
Character
CLOCK
Enumerate Description
Table 3-341 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-341 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
Execute the command to query the clock , whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, RRU rack
number is 51, RRU shelf number is 1, RRU slot number is 1, and AISG device ID is 1. The
command is executed, and the operation result is Successful.
SHOW CLOCK:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RADIO=UMTS;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason | Clock Output Frequency
1 Successful 100M
Rows: 1
To adjust the related cell coverage, use this command. If this command is successfully
executed, the antenna azimuth is set to the current value. If this command fails, the setting
fails due to some reasons (for details, refer to DETAIL).
Impact on the system: The related cell coverage changes.
Syntax
SET RAS AZIMUTH:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHE
LF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,AZIMUTH=<AZIMUTH>,RADI
O=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SET RAS AZIMUTH command, refer to
Table 3-342.
Table 3-342 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SET RAS AZIMUTH Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUBNET
Subnet ID
Integer
0~999999
De-
Op-
Instance
fault
tional
Count
Value
or Not
None
Re-
in operation
quired
configurations
2
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
RACK
0~99999999
None
Integer
SHELF
1~255
None
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
AISGDE-
AISG device ID
Integer
1~255
None
AZIMUTH
Integer
1~12
None
RADIO
Re-
Re-
quired
Azimuth (degree)
Float
None
360.0~360.0
8
Re-
quired
VICE
7
quired
board
6
Required
board
5
quired
board
4
Re-
Wireless system
Enumerated
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
type
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SET RAS AZIMUTH command, refer to
Table 3-343.
3-221
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 3-343 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SET RAS AZIMUTH Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Enumerate Description
Table 3-344 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-344 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to set the azimuth of the device (sub-network ID = 0,
NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU slot number = 1, and
AISG device ID =1) to 10.0. The setting is successful, and the returned result Successful.
SET RAS AZIMUTH:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=51,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE=1,A
ZIMUTH=10.0,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. |Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-222
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
SHOW RAS AZIMUTH:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SH
ELF>,SLOT=<SLOT>,AISGDEVICE=<AISGDEVICE>,RADIO=<RADIO>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW RAS AZIMUTH command, refer to
Table 3-345.
Table 3-345 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW RAS AZIMUTH Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUBNET
Subnet ID
Integer
0~999999
De-
Op-
Instance
fault
tional
Count
Value
or Not
None
Re-
in operation
quired
configurations
2
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
configurations
3
RACK
0~99999999
None
Integer
1~255
SHELF
None
SLOT
Integer
1~255
None
AISGDE-
AISG device ID
Integer
1~255
None
RADIO
Re-
Re-
quired
Integer
1~12
None
VICE
7
quired
board
6
Required
board
5
quired
board
4
Re-
Re-
quired
Wireless system
Enumerated
None
Re-
quired
type
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW RAS AZIMUTH command, refer
to Table 3-346.
3-223
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Table 3-346 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW RAS AZIMUTH Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Character
AZ-
Azimuth (degree)
IMUTH
Enumerate Description
Table 3-347 describes Radio Enumerate Type.
Table 3-347 Radio
Macro
Meanings
UMTS
UMTS
GSM
GSM
TD_SCDMA
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
CDMA
LTE_FDD(GOTAFDD)
LTE_TDD(GOTATDD)
TD-LTE(GOTA TDD)
ALL
ALL
Examples
The following example shows how to query the RAS azimuth of the AISG device
(sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0, RRU rack number = 51, RRU shelf number = 1, RRU
slot number = 1, and AISG device ID =1). The query is successful, the returned result is
Successful, and the azimuth is 30.0.
SHOW RAS AZIMUTH:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=1,SHELF=1,SLOT=1,AISGDEVICE
=1,RADIO=ALL;
- System command No. |Operation Result | Failure Reason |AZIMUTH (degree)
1 Successful 30.0
Rows: 1
3-224
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
FDD_STARTUPCELL:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUTRAN
CELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the FDD_STARTUPCELL command, refer to
Table 3-348.
Table 3-348 Input Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_STARTUPCELLCommand
N-
Parameter
Description
Type
Range
o.
SUBNET
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99999
EUTRAN-
Inte-
1~9999
CELLID
operation configurations
ger
NE
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the FDD_STARTUPCELL command, refer
to Table 3-349.
Table 3-349 Output Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_STARTUPCELLCommand
N-
Param-
o.
eter
RE-
Description
Type
Instance
Count
SULT
Charac-
ter
3-225
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
N-
Param-
o.
eter
DETAIL
Description
Type
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
Examples
Execute the command to start the LTE-FDD cell, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and
EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is executed successfully, and startup information is
returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
FDD_STARTUPCELL:SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. |Operation Result |Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.2.2 FDD_SHUTDOWNCELL
Function
This command shuts down an LTE-FDD cell. After the cell is shut down, all online UEs in
the cell will migrate, and the cell deletion flow will be started. Be cautious about shutting
down a cell.
To shut down the current LTE-FDD cell, use this command. For example, you can shut
down the current LTE-FDD cell when modifying PCI through the network management
system, or starting the self-healing function of NE SON.
The result information of shutdown operation on the current LTE-FDD cell is returned after
the command is executed successfully.
Syntax
FDD_SHUTDOWNCELL:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUTRA
NCELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the FDD_SHUTDOWNCELL command, refer
to Table 3-350.
3-226
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
Description
NE
Type
Range
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
EU-
Inte-
1~9999
TRAN-
operation configurations
ger
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
CELLID
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the FDD_SHUTDOWNCELL command, refer
to Table 3-351.
Table 3-351 Output Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_SHUTDOWNCELL Command
N-
Parame-
Description
Type
Instance Count
o.
ter
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Examples
Execute the command to shut down the LTE-FDD cell, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is
0, and EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is executed successfully, and information is
returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
FDD_SHUTDOWNCELL:SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. |Operation Result |Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.2.3 FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS
Function
This command queries the running status of an LTE-FDD cell in real time.
3-227
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
To know the running status of the current LTE-FDD cell, use this command. For example,
you can check whether the cell status is normal after the version is upgraded.
The queried LTE-FDD cell status is returned after the command is executed successfully.
The query operation has no effect on the system.
Syntax
FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUT
RANCELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS command,
refer to Table 3-352.
Table 3-352 Input Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS Command
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
Description
Typ-
Range
e
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
EUTRAN-
Inte-
1~9999
CELLID
ID in operation
ger
NE
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
configurations
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS command,
refer to Table 3-353.
Table 3-353 Output Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS
Command
N-
Param-
o.
eter
RE-
Description
Type
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Charac-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
ter
Displays detailed information of the operation. If the
Charac-
ter
ADMIN
Charac-
ter
3-228
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Examples
Execute the command to query the LTE-FDD cell, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and
EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is executed successfully, and queried information is
returned, in which the operation result is Successful, and the running status of the cell is
Normal.
FDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS:SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. |Operation Result |Failure Reason |Running Status
1 Successful Normal
Rows: 1
3.2.4 FDD_QUERYCELLBPRES
Function
This command queries the baseband resources used by an LTE-FDD cell in real time,
including baseband board information and antenna information of the cell.
To know the baseband resources used by the current LTE-FDD cell, the baseband board
on which the cell is established, and antennas used by the cell, use this command.
Information of the baseband resources used by the LTE-FDD cell is returned after the
command is executed successfully. The query operation has no effect on the system.
Syntax
FDD_QUERYCELLBPRES :SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUT
RANCELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the FDD_QUERYCELLBPRES command,
refer to Table 3-354.
Table 3-354 Input Parameter Descriptions for the QUERYCELLBPRES Command
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
Description
Type
Range
Default
Op-
Instance
Value
tional or
Count
Not
1
SUBNET
NE
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
3-229
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
Description
Type
Range
Default
Op-
Instance
Value
tional or
Count
Not
3
EU-
Inte-
TRAN-
operation configurations
ger
1~9999
None
Re-
quired
CELLID
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the FDD_QUERYCELLBPRES command,
refer to Table 3-355.
Table 3-355 Output Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_QUERYCELLBPRES Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
RESULT
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
2
DETAIL
Char-
acter
BPRE-
SID
4
Char-
acter
DE-
Char-
SCRIP-
acter
TION
Examples
Execute the command to query the baseband resources used by the LTE-FDD cell,
whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is
executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which the operation result
is Successful, baseband resource ID used by the cell is 1, and object description of
baseband resources is ECellEquipmentFunction=1.
FDD_QUERYCELLBPRES :SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. |Operation Result |Failure Reason |Baseband Resource ID |Description
1 Successful 1 ECellEquipmentFunction=1
Rows: 1
3-230
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
3.2.5 FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
Function
This command queries information of neighboring cells in real time.
To know information of neighboring cells, use this command.
The queried information of neighboring cells, that is, SCTP running status, is returned after
the command is executed successfully.
The query operation has no effect on the system.
Syntax
FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE :SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,X2AP=<X2AP>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE command,
refer to Table 3-356.
Table 3-356 Input Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
Command
N-
Param-
o.
eter
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
NET
configurations
ger
NE
X2AP
Description
Type
Range
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
X2AP ID
Inte-
1~9999
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
ger
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE command,
refer to Table 3-357.
Table 3-357 Output Parameter Descriptions for the FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
Command
N-
Param-
o.
eter
RE-
Description
Type
Count
Returns a success or failure message.
Char-
SULT
2
DETAIL
Instance
acter
Displays detailed information of the operation. If the
Char-
acter
N-
Param-
o.
eter
ADMIN
Description
Type
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
Examples
Execute the command to query information of neighboring cells of the cell, whose subnet
ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and X2AP ID is 1. The command is executed successfully, and queried
information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful, and running status of
neighboring cells is Normal.
FDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE :SUBNET=0,NE=0,X2AP=1;
-System commandNo. |Operation Result |Failure Reason |Running Status
1 Successful Normal
3.2.6 TDD_STARTUPCELL
Function
This command starts an LTE-TDD cell. The startup operation will establish a cell in normal
status and re-provision cell services that are disabled.
To start the current LTE-TDD cell, use this command. For example, you can start the
current LTE-TDD cell after modifying PCI through the network management system, or
fulfilling the self-healing function of NE SON.
The result information of startup operation on the current LTE-TDD cell is returned after
the command is executed successfully.
Syntax
TDD_STARTUPCELL:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUTRAN
CELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the TDD_STARTUPCELL command, refer to
Table 3-358.
3-232
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
o.
ter
Description
SUBNET
Type
Range
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~9999
configurations
ger
99999
EUTRAN-
Inte-
1~9999
CELLID
operation configurations
ger
NE
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the TDD_STARTUPCELL command, refer
to Table 3-359.
Table 3-359 Output Parameter Descriptions for the TDD_STARTUPCELL Command
N-
Param-
o.
eter
Result
Description
Type
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
Detail
Charac-
ter
Examples
Execute the command to start the LTE-TDD cell, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and
EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is executed successfully, and information is returned,
in which the operation result is Successful.
TDD_STARTUPCELL:SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3-233
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
3.2.7 TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL
Function
This command shuts down an LTE-TDD cell. After the cell is shut down, all online UEs in
the cell will migrate, and the cell deletion flow will be started. Be cautious about shutting
down a cell.
To shut down the current LTE-TDD cell, use this command. For example, you can shut
down the current LTE-TDD cell when modifying PCI through the network management
system, or starting the self-healing function of NE SON.
The result information of shutdown operation on the current LTE-TDD cell is returned after
the command is executed successfully.
Syntax
TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUTRA
NCELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL command, refer
to Table 3-360.
Table 3-360 Input Parameter Descriptions for the TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL Command
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Range
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
EUTRAN-
Inte-
1~9999
CELLID
operation configurations
ger
NE
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional or
stance
Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
None
Re-
quired
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL command, refer
to Table 3-361.
Table 3-361 Output Parameter Descriptions for the TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
Result
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
3-234
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
2
Detail
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
Examples
Execute the command to shut down the LTE-TDD cell, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is
0, and EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is executed successfully, and information is
returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
TDD_SHUTDOWNCELL:SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
Rows: 1
3.2.8 TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS
Function
This command queries the running status of an LTE-TDD cell in real time.
To know the running status of the current LTE-TDD cell, use this command. For example,
you can check whether the cell status is normal after the version is upgraded.
The queried LTE-TDD cell status is returned after the command is executed successfully.
The query operation has no effect on the system.
Syntax
TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS :SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EU
TRANCELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS command,
refer to Table 3-362.
3-235
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Description
Type
Range
ter
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
.
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
NET
configurations
ger
NE
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
EU-
Inte-
1~9999
TRAN-
operation configurations
ger
CELLID
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS command,
refer to Table 3-363.
Table 3-363 Output Parameter Descriptions for the TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS
Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
Result
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
2
DETAIL
Char-
acter
Run-
Char-
ning
acter
Char-
Status
4
Cell
Config-
acter
uration
Status
Examples
Execute the command to query the LTE-TDD cell, whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and
EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is executed successfully, and queried information is
returned, in which the operation result is Successful, and the running status of the cell is
Normal.
TDD_QUERYCELLSTATUS :SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |Running Status |Cell Configuration Status
3-236
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
3.2.9 TDD_QUERYCELLBPRES
Function
This command queries the baseband resources used by an LTE-TDD cell in real time,
including baseband board information and antenna information of the cell.
To know the baseband resources used by the current LTE-TDD cell, the baseband board
on which the cell is established, and antennas used by the cell, use this command.
Information of the baseband resources used by the LTE-TDD cell is returned after the
command is executed successfully.
The query operation has no effect on the system.
Syntax
TDD_QUERYCELLBPRES:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,EUTRANCELLID=<EUTR
ANCELLID>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the TDD_QUERYCELLBPRES command,
refer to Table 3-364.
Table 3-364 Input Parameter Descriptions for the QUERYCELLBPRES Command
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
Description
Type
Range
Subnet ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
NE ID in operation
Inte-
0~99999
configurations
ger
9999
EUTRAN-
Inte-
1~9999
CELLID
operation configurations
ger
NE
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the TDD_QUERYCELLBPRES command,
refer to Table 3-365.
3-237
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
1
Reslut
Instance
Count
Charac-
ter
2
Detail
Charac-
ter
Base-
band
Charac-
ter
Resource
Configuration ID
4
Descrip-
Charac-
tion
ter
Examples
Execute the command to query the baseband resources used by the LTE-TDD cell,
whose subnet ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and EUTRAN cell ID is 27. The command is
executed successfully, and queried information is returned, in which the operation result
is Successful, baseband resource ID used by the cell is 1, and object description of
baseband resources is ECellEquipmentFunction=1.
TDD_QUERYCELLBPRES:SUBNET=0,NE=0,EUTRANCELLID=27;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |Baseband Resource Configuration ID |Description
1 Successful 1 ECellEquipmentFunctionTDD=1,cpId=0
Rows: 1
3.2.10 TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
Function
This command queries information of neighboring cells in real time.
To know information of neighboring cells, use this command.
The queried information of neighboring cells, that is, SCTP running status, is returned after
the command is executed successfully.
The query operation has no effect on the system.
3-238
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Syntax
TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,X2APTDD=<X2APTD
D>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE command,
refer to Table 3-366.
Table 3-366 Input Parameter Descriptions for the TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
Command
N-
Pa-
o.
rame-
Description
Type
Range
Default
Optional
Instance
Value
or Not
Count
None
Required
None
Required
None
Required
ter
1
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
9
Integer
configurations
3
X2AP-
X2AP ID
0~99999
0~99999
9999
Integer
1~9999
TDD
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE command,
refer to Table 3-367.
Table 3-367 Output Parameter Descriptions for the TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE
Command
No.
Param-
Description
Type
eter
1
Result
Instance
Count
Char-
acter
2
Detail
Char-
acter
Run-
Char-
ning
and Faulty.
acter
Status
Examples
Execute the command to query information of neighboring cells of the cell, whose subnet
ID is 0, NE ID is 0, and X2AP ID is 1. The command is executed successfully, and queried
information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful, and running status of
neighboring cells is Normal.
3-239
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
TDD_QUERYNEIGHBOURNE:SUBNET=0,NE=0,X2APTDD=1;
System commandNo. | Operation Result | Failure Reason |Running Status
1 Successful Normal
-
Syntax
SHOW NE DB STATUS:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>;
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the SHOW NE DB STATUS command, refer
to Table 3-368.
Table 3-368 Input Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW NE DB STATUS Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
Range
ter
SUB-
Subnet ID in operation
NET
configurations
NE
NE ID in operation
Integer
0~999999
De-
Op-
Instance
fault
tional
Count
Value
or Not
None
Re-
quired
Integer
configurations
0~99999999
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the SHOW NE DB STATUS command, refer
to Table 3-369.
Table 3-369 Output Parameter Descriptions for the SHOW NE DB STATUS Command
No.
Parame-
Description
Type
ter
Instance
Count
RESULT
Character
DETAIL
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to query the NE database status of the resource whose
subnet ID is 0 and NE ID is 0. The command is executed successfully, and queried
information is returned, in which the operation result is Successful.
SHOW NE DB STATUS:SUBNET=0,NE=0;
- System command No. |Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
3-241
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
3-242
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 4
Diagnose Management
Table of Contents
BOARD DIAGNOSE...................................................................................................4-1
Site test
Board test
Function test
Function test of a specified board
After this command is successfully executed, the system shows the diagnosis result of the
board.
Impact on the system: none.
Syntax
BOARD DIAGNOSE:[SUBNET=<SUBNET>][,NE=<NE>][,RACK=<RACK>][,SHELF=<S
HELF>][,SLOT=<SLOT>][,FUNCTION ID=<FUNCTION ID>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the BOARD DIAGNOSE command, refer to
Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 BOARD DIAGNOSE Command Input Parameter Descriptions
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
SUBNET
NE
Description
Type
Operated sub-network ID
Operated NE ID
Range
Inte-
0~9999
ger
Inte-
0~9999
ger
99999
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
None
quired
None
Re-
quired
4-1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
N-
Parame-
o.
ter
RACK
Description
Type
Inte-
Range
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
1~255
None
Optional
1~255
None
Optional
1~255
None
Optional
Inte-
No limit,
None
Optional
ger
but
ger
4
SHELF
Integer
SLOT
Integer
FUNC-
Diagnosis type ID
TION_ID
checked
by the
program
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the BOARD DIAGNOSE command, refer to
Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 BOARD DIAGNOSE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
FUNCTIONID
Diagnosis function ID
Character
FUNCTION
Character
ELEMENTID
Test element ID
Character
ELEMENT
Character
POSITION
Character
RESULT
Normal
Character
Examples
The following example shows how to diagnose the board of the NE (sub-network ID = 0,
and NE ID = 0). The result is shown as follows:
BOARD DIAGNOSE:SUBNET=0,NE=0;
- System command No. | Function ID | Function | Element ID | Element | Position | Result
4-2
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
1 16777246 AMC Board temperature query 103200 Board temperature BPL(1.1.6) 57.0
C
2 16777273 External backplane GNSS information query 99999 External backplane
GNSSinformation query CCC(1.1.1) not configured
3 16777254 Main control board information query 106007 EPLD version CCC(1.1.1) 0
4 16777234 Clock status query 101302 Current active reference source CCC(1.1.1)
Internal GNSS
Rows: 4
4-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
4-4
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 5
5.1 WB_BIND
Function
White Board-Target Bind
Command
WB_BIND:SUBNET=<SUBNET>,NE=<NE>,RACK=<RACK>,SHELF=<SHELF>,SLOT
=<SLOT>[,PORT=<PORT>][,RRU=<RRU>],CHIPTYPE=<CHIPTYPE>[,CHIP=<CHIP>],P
RODUCTID=<PRODUCTID>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
Table 5-1 shows the input parameters of WB_BIND.
Table 5-1 WB_BIND Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
SUBNET
SubNet ID
INT
Required
NE
NE ID
INT
Required
RACK
Rack No
INT
Required
SHELF
Shelf No
INT
Required
SLOT
Slot No
INT
Required
CHIP-
Chip Type
INT
255
Required
Chip No
INT
255
ANY
TYPE
9
CHIP
OPTION
10
PRO-
Product
systool
DUCTID
ID
prod-
Required
uct(Enum)
5-1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Output Parameters
Table 5-2 shows the output parameters of WB_BIND.
Table 5-2 WB_BIND OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Enumerate Description
Table 5-3 describes systool product Enumerate Type.
Table 5-3 Radio
Macro
Meanings
PLAT
UMTS
GSM
TD-SCDMA
CDMA
LTE FDD
LTE TDD
Example
WB_BIND:SUBNET=0,NE=0,RACK=0,SHELF=0,SLOT=0,PORT=255,RRU=255,CHIPT
YPE=255,CHIP=255,PRODUCTID=7;
5.2 WB_CMD
Function
White Board-Command Execute
Command
WB_CMD:COMMAND=<COMMAND>;
INPUT PARAMETERS
Table 5-4 shows the input parameters of WB_CMD.
5-2
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Notes
Type
Range
Default
Option
Instance
Count
COM-
Command
STRING
1~256
Required
MAND
Output Parameters
Table 5-5 shows the output parameters of WB_CMD.
Table 5-5 WB_CMD OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Example
WB_CMD:COMMAND="1";
5.3 WB_SHOW
Function
White Board-Show Current Binding Address
Command
WB_SHOW;
Output Parameters
Table 5-6 shows the output parameters of WB_SHOW.
Table 5-6 WB_SHOW OUTPUT PARAMETERS
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Example
WB_SHOW;
5-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
5-4
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 6
Software Version
Management
Table of Contents
NODEB QUERYNEVERSION ....................................................................................6-1
6-1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
l
l
l
l
After pre-activation, the target version turns from a backup version to an activated
version.
After activation, the target version turns from an activated version to a running version
(the platform package and firmware package cause the NE to restart), and the NE
loads and runs this version package.
After the activation is cancelled, the target version turns from an activated version to
a backup version. At this time, this version package can be deleted.
After upgrade, the running version turns to a backup version. At this time, this version
package can be deleted.
Syntax
NODEB QUERYNEVERSION:[NELIST=<NELIST>][,FILENAME=<FILENAME>];
Input Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the NODEB QUERYNEVERSION command,
refer to Table 6-1.
Table 6-1 NODEB QUERYNEVERSION Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Pa-
Description
Type
Range
rame-
Default
Op-
In-
Value
tional
stance
or Not
Count
Re-
ter
1
NEL-
Char-
0~2147
IST
Format: SubNetwork=0,NE=0.
acter
400000
None
quired
FILE-
Char-
0~2147
NAME
acter
400000
None
Re-
quired
Output Parameters
For a description of the input parameters of the NODEB QUERYNEVERSION command,
refer to Table 6-2.
Table 6-2 NODEB QUERYNEVERSION Command Input Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Description
Type
Instance
Count
RESULT
Charac-
or 2 (partially successful).
ter
FAIL-
Charac-
NELIST
ter
DETAIL
Charac-
ter
Examples
The following example shows how to check two NEs.
Target NE: sub-network ID = 0, NE ID = 0, and sub-network ID = 1, NE ID =1.
The generated file (.xml) is stored in /software version management/query on the FTP
server. The FTP user name is sdrmgrson, the password is son123, the IP address is
10.94.207.78, and the port number is 21111.
The file name is defined as queryNEVersionResult.xml by the operator.
Command format:
NODEB
QUERYNEVERSION:NELIST="SubNetwork=0,NE=0#$%SubNetwork=0,N
E=1",FILENAME="ftp://sdrmgrson:son123@10.94.207.78:21111/software
version
management/query/queryNEVersionResult.xml";
Result analysis:
If both NEs are successfully queried, the system returns 0 as the result. If both NES fails
to be queried, the system returns 1 as the result. If one NE is successfully queried, and the
other one fails to be queried, the failed NE MOI information is displayed in the FAILNELIST
field, and the failure cause is displayed in the DETAIL field.
6-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
6-4
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Chapter 7
LTE TDD
Table of Contents
QUICKADDCELL .......................................................................................................7-1
QUICKDELETECELL .................................................................................................7-4
CREATECATDD.........................................................................................................7-5
DELETECATDD .........................................................................................................7-6
OPTIMIZE ORACLE...................................................................................................7-7
7.1 QUICKADDCELL
Shortcut
QUICKADDCELL
Function
The command is only applicable to Japan LTE TDD.
Command
QUICKADDCELL:SUBNETWORK=<SUBNETWORK>,NE=<NE>,MCC=<MCC>,MNC
=<MNC>,BPLTYPE=<BPLTYPE>,BPLSLOTNO=<BPLSLOTNO>,BPLPORT=<BPLPORT
>,RRUTYPE=<RRUTYPE>,RRURACKNO=<RRURACKNO>,CELLLOCALID=<CELLLOC
ALID>,TAC=<TAC>,BANDINDICATOR=<BANDINDICATOR>,EARFCN=<EARFCN>,PCI
=<PCI>,BANDWIDTH=<BANDWIDTH>[,USERLABEL=<USERLABEL>][,EUTRANCELL
TDD=<EUTRANCELLTDD>][,EAI=<EAI>][,ECELLEQUIPMENTFUNCTIONTDD=<ECELL
EQUIPMENTFUNCTIONTDD>];
Input Parameters
Table 7-1 shows the input parameters of QUICKADDCELL.
Table 7-1 QUICKADDCELL Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
SUBNET-
SubNet-
WORK
work ID
NE
MCC
Instance
Count
INT
0~999999
Required
NE ID
INT
Required
MCC
STRING
3~23
"440"
Required
7-1
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
Instance
Count
MNC
MNC
STRING
2~23
"20"
Required
BPLTYPE
BPL Type
BPL Typ-
BPL
Required
INT
3~12
Required
INT
0~2
Required
RRU Typ-
R8924DT
Required
INT
51~201
Required
e(Enum)
6
BPLSLO-
BPL Solt
TNO
No
BPLPOR-
BPL Port
No
RRU-
RRU Type
TYPE
9
10
e(Enum)
RRURAC-
RRU
KNO
Rack No
CELLLO-
Cell ID
INT
0~255
Required
CALID
11
TAC
TAC
INT
0~65535
Required
12
BANDIN-
Band In-
INT
30~64
Required
DICATOR
dication
FLOAT
Required
for Frequency
13
EARFCN
Center
Carrier
Frequency(MHz)
14
PCI
PCI
INT
0~503
Required
15
BAND-
System
System
20
Required
WIDTH
Band Wid-
Band Wid-
th(MHz)
th(Enum)
USERLA-
Cell User
STRING
0~128
ANY
BEL
Label
EUTRAN-
E-UTRAN
CELLTDD
TDD Cell
16
17
OPTION
INT
1~9999
ANY
OPTION
ID
18
EAI
Emer-
INT
gency
0~167772
15
ANY
OPTION
Alarm
Area
Code
7-2
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
19
ECELLE-
Baseband
QUIP-
Resource
MENT-
Configu-
FUNC-
ration ID
Instance
Count
INT
1~9999
ANY
OPTION
TIONTDD
Output Parameters
Table 7-2 shows the output parameters of QUICKADDCELL.
Table 7-2 QUICKADDCELL Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Enumerate Description
Table 7-3 describes BPL Type Enumerate Type.
Table 7-3 BPL Type
Macro
Meanings
BPL
BPL
Meanings
R8924DT
R8924DT
Meanings
20
100RB
Example
QUICKADDCELL:SUBNETWORK=0,NE=0,MCC="440",MNC="20",BPLTYPE=BPL,BP
LSLOTNO=3,BPLPORT=0,RRUTYPE=R8924DT,RRURACKNO=51,CELLLOCALID=0,T
AC=0,BANDINDICATOR=30,EARFCN=0.00,PCI=0,BANDWIDTH=20,USERLABEL="0
",EUTRANCELLTDD=1,EAI=0,ECELLEQUIPMENTFUNCTIONTDD=1;
7-3
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
7.2 QUICKDELETECELL
Shortcut
QUICKDELETECELL
Function
The command is only applicable to Japan LTE TDD.
Command
QUICKDELETECELL:SUBNETWORK=<SUBNETWORK>,NE=<NE>,CELLLOCALID
=<CELLLOCALID>,LEVEL=<LEVEL>;
Input Parameters
Table 7-6 shows the input parameters of QUICKDELETECELL.
Table 7-6 QUICKDELETECELL Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
SUBNET-
Subnet-
WORK
work ID
NE
CELLLO-
Instance
Count
INT
0~999999
Required
NE ID
INT
Required
Cell ID
INT
0~255
Required
Delete
Delete
DEFAULT
Required
Level
Level(En-
CALID
4
LEVEL
um)
Output Parameters
Table 7-7 shows the output parameters of QUICKDELETECELL.
Table 7-7 QUICKDELETECELL Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Enumerate Description
Table 7-8 describes Delete Level Enumerate Type.
Table 7-8 Delete Level
Macro
Meanings
DEFAULT
Default
7-4
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Example
QUICKDELETECELL:SUBNETWORK=0,NE=0,CELLLOCALID=0,LEVEL=DEFAULT;
7.3 CREATECATDD
Function
Create CA
Command
CREATECATDD:SUBNETWORK=<SUBNETWORK>,NE=<NE>,COPERTYPE=<COPER
TYPE>,CELLLOCALID=<CELLLOCALID>,CELLPAIR=<CELLPAIR>;
Input Parameters
Table 7-9 shows the input parameters of CREATECATDD.
Table 7-9 CREATECATDD Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
SUBNET-
SubNet-
WORK
work ID
NE
NE ID
Instance
Count
INT
0~999999
Required
INT
0~999999
Required
DLCA
Required
INT
0~255
Required
STRING
0~99
Required
999
3
COPER-
Cooper-
CA Type(
TYPE
ative Re-
Enum)
lationship
Type
4
CELLLO-
Source
CALID
Cell ID
CELL-
Cell Pair
PAIR
Output Parameters
Table 7-10 shows the output parameters of CREATECATDD.
Table 7-10 CREATECATDD Output Parameters
No
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Enumerate Description
Table 7-11 describes CA Type Enumerate Type.
7-5
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Meanings
DLCA
DL CA
ULCOMP
UL COMP
Example
CREATECATDD:SUBNETWORK=0,NE=0,COPERTYPE=DLCA,CELLLOCALID=0,CE
LLPAIR="460/01/1001/1";
7.4 DELETECATDD
Function
Delete CA
Command
DELETECATDD:SUBNETWORK=<SUBNETWORK>,NE=<NE>,CELLLOCALID=<CELL
LOCALID>[,CELLPAIR=<CELLPAIR>];
Input Parameters
Table 7-12 shows the input parameters of DELETECATDD.
Table 7-12 DELETECATDD Input Parameters
No
Name
Descrip-
Type
Range
Default
Option
tion
1
SUBNET-
SubNet-
WORK
work ID
NE
NE ID
Instance
Count
INT
0~999999
Required
INT
0~999999
Required
999
3
CELLLO-
Source
CALID
Cell ID
CELL-
Cell Pair
INT
0~255
Required
STRING
0~99
ANY
PAIR
OPTION
Output Parameters
Table 7-13 shows the output parameters of DELETECATDD.
7-6
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Name
Type
Description
Instance Count
RESULT
STRING
Result
Example
DELETECATDD:SUBNETWORK=0,NE=0,CELLLOCALID=0,CELLPAIR="460/01/1000
1/1";
Syntax
OPTIMIZE ORACLE;
Input Parameters
The command has no input parameters.
Output Parameters
For a description of the output parameters of the OPTIMIZE ORACLE command, refer to
Table 7-14
Table 7-14 OPTIMIZE ORACLE Command Output Parameter Descriptions
No.
Parameter
Type
Description
Instance Count
101
RESULT
Character
Operation result
102
DETAIL
Character
Failure reason
Examples
OPTIMIZE ORACLE;
- System command No. | Operation Result | Failure Reason
1 Successful
7-7
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)
Rows: 1
7-8
SJ-20141110151550-007|2015-06-02 (R2.0)